Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal GOT1000 ... - Omni Ray AG

Q25HCPUCASE STUDY 2FA SolutionsObstacles are often encountered when using many different types of FA devices.The following problems can be resolved by linking with GOT1000.Enhancing sequence control.General-purpose PLCLINK1Powerful functionality that is useful during startup and the tuning process!Ideal for PLCs in the field and on the plant floor!Can PLC programs be monitored with the GOT?Ladder monitor function andladder editor functionSequence programs can be monitored in a circuit diagram (ladderformat).Can the root cause beeasily identified?One-touch ladder jump function(Q/L/QnA series ladder monitor and ladder editor function)For details,see P.44 P.45For details,see P.44By setting a program name and coil number of the PLC to a touchswitch, the relevant ladder circuit block can be displayed directly.Troubles can be handled smoothly from the alarm screen.SFC monitor functionThe Q series (Q mode) SFC programs (MELSAP3, MELSAP-L) can bemonitored in a SFC diagram format.Can simple changes toladder programs be madewithout a personal computer?Ladder editor functionSequence programs of the Q series (Q mode) and the L series can beedited in a circuit diagram (ladder format).Edit Find/Replace Touch the Convert area you Display wish Online to edit.The circuit input window is displayed.For details,see P.44For details,see P.45GOT SolutionsFA SolutionsCan the program be debuggedwithout opening the cabinet?FA transparent functionConnected with a personal computer, theGOT acts as a transparent gateway toenable programming, start up, andadjustment of equipment using GX Works2or GX LogViewer. Users do not have tobother with opening the cabinet or changingcable connections. (On the GT10 series,the FA transparent function can be used viathe interface on the rear side.)Can the PLC programsbe recovered after failure?For details,see P.39GX Works2GX LogViewer, etc.Can the PLC status orerrors be checked quickly?System monitor functionPLC devices can be monitored and changed.Intelligent module monitor functionBuffer memory values and I/O information can be monitoredand changed.Network monitor functionEnable monitoring of network line conditions on a dedicated screen.Network module status displayFor details,see P.46For details,see P.46For details,see P.46Enable monitoring of LED status, error status, among others ofnetwork modules on a GOT.One touch to jumpto Ladder Monitor or Ladder Editor ScreenUsing the MELSEC-L series orhigh-speed data logger module!Log viewer functionDisplay the ladder block ofthe coil set to the touch switchCan collected logging data bechecked at the worksite?PrintScreenPLC RD.ExitMon.MenuEnter ladder programCircuit symbol: Changing from normallyclosed contact to normally open contact.Device: Changing from M422 to M200.Enter ladder programInsert row Delete row Insert column Delete columnMonitoring batch control!Can Process and Batchmonitoring be simplified?Building a process controlsystem using GOT1000Insert row Delete row Insert column Delete columnFor details,Backup/restoration functionsee P.42For details,MELSEC-L troubleshooting functiion see P.46Logging data collectedSequence programs and parameters can be backed up to the CF cardusing the L series orPX Developer creates GOTA dedicated maintenanceor USB memory in the GOT. Users can then perform batch operation tohigh-speed data loggerprocess control screensscreen for the L series isrestore the data to the PLC.module can beautomatically.included. The CPU statusdisplayed on the GOT.The automatically generatedCF card,If data is backed up and error information canetc.data can be used for both thebe easily confirmed withoutGOT (worksite) anda personal computer.Replace CPUGT SoftGOT1000 (monitorRestoreIf a problem occurs, youroom), and therefore monitorcan jump to a functionscreens can be createdscreen such as the ladderefficiently.monitor to quickly takeSequencecorrective actions.program,8 etc.9For details,see P.40For details,see P.26 P.51

M30CASE STUDY 2FA SolutionsMaking drive control even easier.LINK 2General-purpose AC ServoIdeal for motion controllers in the field and on the plant floor!Can the motion controller’sservo parameters bechanged easily?Q series motion monitor functionFor details,see P.47The GOT enables easy monitoring of motion controllers (Q series),changing of servo parameters, and display of errors on the screen.Can motion SFC programsbe checked on the GOT?Motion SFC monitor functionMotion controller (Q series) SFC programs can be monitored in SFCdiagram format. Viewing the batch program monitor or the active steplist enables you to see the complete status at a glance.Real mode mainReal mode mainG100Holding point positioningP0Execute “change speed” when X19=ON,M2415=ON, and M2345=ON.F1001 //Obtain digital SW2 DIND2010,X103 D2011=D2010&HFF4 //Select data5 D2012L=BIN(D2011)6 //07 D2020L=D2012K1000LDetailed programwindowDevice Value FormatD2010 0K(±)X10 FEDC BA98 7654 3210D2011 H0000HD2012L 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 BIND2020L 0K(+)For details,see P.45GOT Solutions FA SolutionsF100Change speedPowerful functionality that is useful during startup and the tuning process!G102Position holding point when X0=ON and M2001=OFF.Can the program be debuggedwithout opening the cabinet?FA transparent functionFor details,see P.39Connected with a personal computer, the GOT acts as a transparentgateway to enable programming, startup, and adjustment of equipmentusing MT Works2, GX Works2, GX Configurator-QP or MRConfigurator2. Users do not have to bother with opening the cabinet orchanging cable connections.MT Works2GX Works2, etc.Can motion profiles berecovered aftercontroller failures?Embedded functionality for positioning modules!Backup/restoration functionFor details,see P.42Motion controller (Q series) programs and parameters can be backedup onto a CF card or USB memory in the GOT. Users can performbatch operation to restore the data to the motion controller.Can devices in the motioncontroller be validated?System monitor functionMotion controller devices can be monitored and changed.For details,see P.46Can positioning statusand errors be validated?Intelligent module monitor functionFor details,see P.46Other convenient uses!When used in combination with the FA transparent function, thepositioning module can be efficiently debugged. If an error occurs in thepositioning module, the details of the error can be confirmed using justthe GOT.For direct connection of servo amplifiers to GOTs!Buffer memory values of modules such as the QD75MH and I/Oinformation can be monitored and changed.Monitor the status, parameters, input/output information,and other data for each axis of the positioning module(intelligent module monitor function)Can errors or the status ofservo amplifiers be validated?Operation screenOperationStartlampStopMonitor positioningsequence programs(FA transparent function)M10Y20Servo amplifier monitor functionFor details,see P.47M20M40Y30In a system which outputs pulse train, the GOT can be connected to aservo amplifier in a serial connection to perform the followingoperations: monitoring, alarm display, diagnosis, parameter setting, andtest operations.Operation panel10 11

CASE STUDY 2FA SolutionsSimplifying inverter control.LINK3General-purpose InverterIdeal for inverter operation!Can the inverter status bemonitored on the GOT?Example of GT16 operation screenEasy-to-understand displayOperation commands and parameters can be set from a GOT. On theGT1020/GT1030, three different backlight colors can be switchedbetween screens, making it easy for operators to read and operate thescreens.Example of GT1020 parameter screenExample of GT1030 operation screenGOT Solutions FA SolutionsIdeal for inverter startups and operation!Can connections to theinverter be simplified?Can the program be debuggedwithout opening the cabinet?Can inverter parametersbe changed easily?Directly connect invertersFA transparent functionFor details,see P.39Ready-to-use sample screensUp to 31 inverters can be connected to a single GOT over a totaldistance of 500m.FREQROL-F700P/F700PJ inverters can automatically configure thecommunication parameters for GOT connection, making connectionseasy.Connected with a personal computer, the GOT acts as a transparentgateway to enable startup and adjustment of equipment using FRConfigurator. Users do not have to bother with opening the cabinet orchanging cable connections.Sample screen data for specifying parameters is available.GT10 modelMax. 500 mFR ConfiguratorMax. 31 unitsRS-485 connectionFREQROL-D70012 13

Q25HCPUMODERUNERRUSERBATBOOTUSBPULLQ25HCPU QX10 QX41QX41QJ71BR110123456789ABCDEFQJ71BR11CASE STUDY 2FA SolutionsFaster robot control!LINK 4Industrial RobotIdeal for robot programming!Can the robot programbe easily accessed?Robot operation panel screenRobot jog/hand operation screenReady-to-use sample screensSample screen data is available for robot operation, current positionmonitoring, and other purposes. There is no need to create robotprograms from scratch.Robot current position monitor screenOpens a video ofoperation examplesGOT Solutions FA SolutionsPowerful functions for robotic systems!Can the teaching box and thepersonal computer used for setupbe consolidated into a single unit?Immediatelycheck the robotstatus!Operation and maintenance on the GOT• Robot operation screen• Robot current position monitor screen• Load rate/current value display screen• Maintenance forecast screenConsolidatedpanel operationsConsolidate and centralize robot monitoring andcontrol functions on production floor using the GOTEven if a teaching box is not available, the GOT can be used to operatethe robot and easily check the current position data and error details.Consolidating panel operations into the GOT improves operation andmaintenance work efficiency.Robot internal information (data)Error information/Variable information/Program informationRobot information (current speed/attainment rate, etc.)Maintenance information (battery/grease remaining time, etc.)Servo motor (load rate/current value, etc.)Robot load rate/current value monitor screenCan the program be debuggedwithout opening the cabinet?FA transparent functionConnected with a personal computer, theGOT acts as a transparent gateway toenable start up and adjustment ofequipment using RT ToolBox2. Users donot have to bother with opening the cabinetor changing cable connections.RT ToolBox2Robot maintenance forecast screenFor details,see P.39Robot manual menu screenSystem monitor functionManual displayCan devices in the robotcontroller be validated?For details,see P.46Embedded monitoring utilities are available enabling users to view andchange device values.MANUAL AUTOMANUAL AUTOIn the event of trouble!Robot controller Teaching box Robot programming&engineering softwareCan robot profiles be recoveredafter controller failures?CF card,etc.If data is backed upReplace CPUBackup/restoration functionFor details,see P.42RestoreRobot controller data can be backed up to the CF card or USB memoryin the GOT. Users can perform batch operation to restore the data tothe robot controller.Robot data,etc.14 15

Q25HCPUMODERUNERRUSERBATBOOTUSBPULLQ25HCPU QX10 QX41QX41QJ71BR110123456789ABCDEFQJ71BR11CASE STUDY 2FA SolutionsSimplifying numerical control.LINK 5Numerical Control UnitCan the program be debuggedwithout opening the panel?Ideal for CNC programming!Can CNC programs be validateddirectly from the GOT?Can the root cause beeasily identified?FA transparent functionConnected with a personal computer,the GOT acts as a transparent gatewayto enable start up and adjustment ofequipment using NC Configurator, etc.Users do not have to bother withopening the cabinet or changing cableconnections.Ladder monitor functionNC ConfiguratorCNC C70 and MELDAS C6/C64 sequence programs can be monitoredin a circuit diagram (ladder format).Can programs bechanged easily withouta personal computer?For details,see P.39For details,see P.44GOT Solutions FA SolutionsPowerful function for CNC startup, machining and changeover!One-touch ladder jump functionFor details,see P.44Ladder editor functionFor details,see P.45Can CNC parametersbe changed easily?CNC monitor functionFor details,see P.47Can errors or the statusof the CNC be validatedquickly?CNC data I/O functionFor details,see P.47By setting a program name and coil number of the CNC C70 to a touchswitch, the relevant ladder circuit block can be displayed directly.Problems can be handled smoothly from the alarm screen.Display the ladder block ofthe coil set to the touch switchSequence programs of the CNC C70 can be edited in a circuit diagram(ladder format).Edit Find/Replace Touch the Convert area you Display wish Online to edit.The circuit input window is displayed.Enter ladder programThe CNC C70 and MELDAS C6/C64 can be monitored and theparameters can be changed.Data, such as machining programs and parameters, can be copiedfrom a GOT CF card or USB memory to the CNC C70 and vice versa.Data can be deleted as well.PrintScreenPLC RD.Exit Enter ladder programInsert row Delete row Insert column Delete columnMon.MenuOne touch to jumpto Ladder Monitor or Ladder Editor ScreenCircuit symbol: Changing from normallyclosed contact to normally open contact.Device: Changing from M422 to M200Insert row Delete row Insert column Delete columnIn the event of trouble!Can the CNC programs berecovered after failure?CF card,etc.If data is backed upCan CNC devices beeasily validated?System monitor functionFor details,see P.46Embedded monitoring utilities are available enabling users to view andchange CNC C70 and MELDAS C6/64 device values.Backup/restoration functionFor details,see P.42CNC C70 data such as machining programs and parameters can bebacked up to the CF card or USB memory in the GOT. Users canperform batch operation to restore the data to the CNC C70.Replace CPURestoreMachiningprograms,etc.16 17

CASE STUDY 2FA SolutionsImproving vision integration.LINK 6Ideal for configuration!Can vision parameters bechanged from the GOT?[Alignment screen]The workpiece position and posturedetected with In-Sight Series as well asthe success or failure state of the detectionare displayed. The workpiece detectionthreshold can be changed from this screen.[Inspection screen]The results of workpiece inspectionscarried out with the In-Sight Series aredisplayed. The workpiece detectionthreshold can be changed.Ready-to-use sample screensSample screen data is available for checking the results of positioning,inspection, and reading characters.[Code recognition screen]The results of reading ID codes with theIn-Sight Series are displayed. The readingmode (read/verify or change characterstring during verification) can be selected.GOT Solutions FA SolutionsPowerful functions for vision systems!Can automation and visionsystems be consolidatedinto a single platform?Displaying the In-Sight Series processingresults on the GOTBy connecting a GOT to the In-Sight Series and PLC over Ethernet, theIn-Sight Series processing results can be displayed and parameters canbe changed on the GOT. The GT16 model has a built-in Ethernet port,allowing the system to be built easily.Ideal for monitoring operations!Can vision applicationsbe handled easily atthe worksite?Displaying In-Sight Series visionapplications on the GOTConnect the COGNEX VisionView VGA with the GOT to display theIn-Sight Series Vision Application screen. While monitoring connectedEthernetdevices such as PLCs, it is possible to switch to the Vision Applicationscreen when necessary to display live images, specify parameters withtouch operations, and perform other operations.EthernetIn-Sight Seriesprocessing resultsIn-Sight SeriesGOT1000In-Sight SeriesParameter changesIn-Sight Series screen displayRGB input functionGOT1000Can other COGNEXproducts be connected?DataMan✽ : A RS-232 connection is required to directlyexchange data with GOT and Dataman.(Ethernet connection is not supported.)Connect to various COGNEX productsThe In-Sight vision system and DataMan barcode reader can beconnected to the GOT.✽ : RGB input unit is required.Remote personal computeroperation function (serial)RS-232VisionView VGADataMan✽ : A RS-232 connection is required to directlyexchange data with GOT and Dataman.(Ethernet connection is not supported.)18 19

HardwareGOT1000 GRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINALRich functionality and high performance in the palmGT16Handy GOT• User memory capacity: 15MB• USB host and USB device ports are included.• Ethernet, RS-422/485, and RS-232 interfaces aresupported as standard interfaces.• The latest GT16 functions are available, includingvarious types of monitoring and ladder editingfunctions.65,536 vivid colors on a big VGA screenThe light body includes the latest GT16 functionsExtremely easy handling and operation in one handStandard Ethernet interface enables long-distance communicationHigh resolution handy GOT6.5" GT1665HS-VTBDof your handhandle.Various types of switches are available• Operation switches with LEDs (6)• Emergency stop switch• Selector switch with key• Three-position deadman switchAn example of a system configurationwith Ethernet connectionallows you to change the angle of theEmergency stop circuitI/Os for operation display etc.Various types of external connection interfaces areavailable as standard interfaces• USB host and USB device• CF card interface• RS-422/485 and RS-232 interfaces (switchable)• Ethernet interfaceOptionsEmergency stopswitch guard coverExternalconnection cableA direct connection is possible to FX,Q PLC etc. via RS-422/485 orRS-232 in parallel with Ethernet.The Ethernet interfaceincluded inGT16 handy GOTConnector conversion boxGT16H-CNB-42S24VDC power source24VDC power sourceExternal connection cableGT16H-C-42PConnectorconversion boxGT16H-CNB-42SHubQCPUFX Ethernet moduleEthernet• The maximum Ethernet communicationdistance is 100m in total length.• The maximum connection distancebetween the connector conversionbox and the GOT is 10m.• Four types of FA equipment can beconnected at the maximum.GT11Handy GOTGT1155HS-QSBDGT1150HS-QLBDPortable 5.7" operation terminalGT11 Handy can be connected to the CC-Link network.CC-Link interface unitGT11HS-CCL(intelligent device station)Q series PLCmaster stationCable GT11H-C-32P30 (3m), 50 (5m), 80 (8m)Key selector switchEmergency stop switchCF card interfaceUSB interfaceGrip switchHand strap6 operation switches Display area24 25

Q25HCPU QX10 QX41QX41QJ71BR110123456789ABCDEFQJ71BR11The host is now inoperation. Do you wantto obtain operatingauthority?SoftwareGOT1000 GRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINALUse a personal computer or panel computer as a GOT.HMI software for the GOT1000 seriesLink with other applications to constructa high-performance systemConnect to various devicesGT SoftGOT1000GT SoftGOT1000 is the HMI software that provides GOT functions on personal computersand panel computers.This software connects with various types of equipment such as Mitsubishi PLCs and letyou see screens just like the GOT1000 series.You can also reuse GOT's project data without modification.Along with all the advantages of a GOT, you can also enjoy the convenience and flexibilityof personal computers and panel computers.Version3USB port license keyYou can use a user-created application to read and writeinformation to and from internal devices of GT SoftGOT1000.By linking data with user applications such as a data logger,you can construct a high-performance system package.You can also use a touch switch on the GT SoftGOT1000monitor to launch another application.• Microsoft ® Visual C++ ® /Visual C# ® NEW /Visual Basic ® included withMicrosoft ® Visual Studio 6.0/.NET (2002) NEW /.NET 2003/2005 NEW /2008• Embarcadero ® C++Builder ® XE NEWNEWThe GT SoftGOT1000 can be connected to the MitsubishiPLC, other PLC brands, MODBUS ® /TCP slave devices. : See "List of connectable models" (page 69), for more details on supported models ofother manufactures.Connect to RFID or barcode reader and input numericalvalues or ASCII characters. NEWNEWGT SoftGOT1000 Version3 is software included with the GT Works3 suite.A separate license key is required for use.Reduce downtimeUse GT SoftGOT1000 to monitor the production site fromyour office. You can collect information quickly when aproblem occurs, taking necessary actions immediately.WorksiteProduction siteMonitor the production site from a remote locationOfficeEthernetPersonalcomputerPersonalcomputerUse GOT project data from the production siteYou can reuse project data of the GOT at your productionsite as the project data of GT SoftGOT1000 to reduce thedesign cost.Monitoring Line 1 Monitoring Line 2The SoftGOT-GOT link function enhances the linkage to your onsite GOTMonitor the screen of your onsite GOT fromGT SoftGOT1000Connect GT SoftGOT1000 with GOT by an Ethernet connection.Use the GOT's project data with GT SoftGOT1000 to monitorconnected equipment. : Only CH1 can be monitored when GOT is connected via multi-channels.GOT and QCPU/LCPU can be connected by a bus connection,direct CPU connection, computer link connection, or Ethernet connection.GOT and OMRON PLC can be connected via Ethernet connection.WorksiteProject dataEthernetMonitorOfficeMonitor the screen ofyour onsite GOT fromGT SoftGOT1000OfficeNEWPrevent simultaneous operations from GTSoftGOT1000 and GOTOperation of an input object (e.g. touch switch, numericalinput) is allowed by either GT SoftGOT1000 or the GOT,whichever has operating authority. If one terminal doesnot have operating authority, the status of the operatingauthority can be displayed in a pop-up window. Whether itis possible to acquire operating authority from the otherterminal can be notified with a dialog. It is also possible tospecify the time to ensure the operating authority on theoperation side after final operations.WithoperatingauthorityWorksiteThe host is now inoperation. Do you wantto obtain operatingauthority?YesNoA dialog box openswith messageMonitoring Line 3Monitoring Line 4GOTEthernetYesNoConnect with MELSEC process control for process control applicationsYou can connect GT SoftGOT1000 to the monitor tools of the Engineering Environment PX Developer for design andmaintenance work for process control. In this way, a process control monitoring system can easily be constructed.PX Developer window screens and other toolsTools for monitoring, operating, and tuning loopcontrol tags. (The display position can bespecified.)GT SoftGOT1000 touch switch/objectClicking on touch switches and objects displaysvarious screens of PX Developer monitoringtools. (The display position can be specified.)Security collaborationLine 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4NEWThe GT SoftGOT1000 security level is changed accordingly when the PX Developer monitortool’s mode is changed (engineer mode/operate mode/lock mode). Authority can be set foroperations requiring security.PX Developer monitoring tool barClicking on buttons executes various operationssuch as starting up GT SoftGOT1000 andswitching base screens.GT SoftGOT1000 base screenMake your desktop into a graphic monitoringwindow by displaying the GT SoftGOT1000 basescreen in full-screen mode and sending thewindow to the back of the screen.QCPU/LCPUOMRON PLCGT SoftGOT1000 CommanderBy using the GT SoftGOT1000 Commander, multiple GTSoftGOT1000 modules using the SoftGOT-GOT link functioncan be efficiently managed, and the SoftGOT-GOT linkfunction can be utilized easily.• Search for GOT on the Ethernet network and start withGT SoftGOT1000 (GT16 only)• Start/stop GT SoftGOT1000• Check and switch GT SoftGOT1000 monitor status (online/offline)• Designate GT SoftGOT1000 module No. displayed on top screenGT SoftGOT1000 CommanderMonitoring thecontroller connected tothe GOT (station No.1)by GT SoftGOT1000(module No. 1)EthernetAble to makeoperationGOT (station No.1)ManagementManagementSee "List of connectable models" (page 69), "Function list" (page 70), and "Notes for use (Operating environment)" (page 85).GOTGOT (station No.2)Operating authority can be obtained.A message pops upNot able to makeoperationGT SoftGOT1000 (module No. 1):Communicating with the GOT(station No.1)GT SoftGOT1000 (module No. 2):Communicating with the GOT(station No.2)Monitoring thecontroller connected tothe GOT (station No.2)by GT SoftGOT1000(module No. 2)26 27

SoftwareGOT1000 GRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINALMore intuitive. No more wasted time. The screendesign software optimized for usability.GOT1000 Screen Design SoftwareView the whole project, create anew screen, and add and deletescreens with ease.Enhanced"easy-to-use"functions forefficientscreen design!A selected object or graphic’ssettings are displayed as a treeview. Set colors, devices, etc., onthe property sheet without openinga dialog box. When selectingmultiple objects or graphics,change color, character size, etc.,all at the same time.P r e v i e w o p e r a t i o n w i t h o u tconnecting to a GOT.Communication settings anddrivers are automatically selectedand downloaded to the GOT withthe project data.V i v i d l y c o l o r e d i c o n s m a k edistinguishing active functions frominactive ones easy.Parts are easy to select. Highresolution graphics and parts areeasy create and incorporate intoprojects.User-friendly dialog boxes andobject settings.Reduce workspace clutter by movingobjects off of the display area.Batch parameter check and system labelsof MELSOFT Navigator are supported.GT Works3 comes with various tools such asthe Data Transfer Tool and GT Converter2.M a n y c o n v e n i e n t a n d e f f i c i e n tdevelopment functions are included!New functions improveyour screen designefficiency than ever before!● “Templates”reduce time for screen design● “Screen Preview”enables simple simulation● “Device Name Display”helps you check setting contentsquicklyThe Help function is availablefor quick reference!28 29

CONTENTSGOT1000 GRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINALThe GOT1000 series provides a variety of functionsto satisfy user requirementsUsability depends on who the users are and where they carry out their tasks.Designers want to use the most advanced HMI technology, while maintenance engineers want the most dependable HMI for their facilities.To satisfy all of our customers, we are constantly developing more and more functions for the GOT1000 series.INDEXFor DesignersFor Initial Startup &Adjustment OperatorsFor Maintenance PersonnelGT10iQ PlatformMELSEC Process ControlSpecificationsExternal DimensionsList of Connectable ModelsFunction ListProduct ListNotes for UseWarrantyP32P38P40P48P50P51P52P61P65P70P74P81P87For designersThere are many different applications to be solved.How do we stay flexible?Multimedia functionVideo/RGB functionDocument display functionMulti-channel functionSoftGOT-GOT link functionComment groupsMultilingual supportAdvanced recipe functionScript functionP32P32P33P33P34USB mouse/keyboard connection P34Remote personal computeroperation function (Ethernet)Remote personal computeroperation function (Serial)Gateway functionP34P34File transfer function (FTP client) P34MES interface functionP35P35P36P36P37P37Various types of window screens P37For initialstartup &operationsEfficiency requires both fast data transfer aswell as user-friendly functions.Drawing, computing,communication; a trio ofhigh-speed response functionsBacklight brightness adjustmentColor-coded front face LEDMaintenance time notificationfunctionEquipped with front USB interface P39FA transparent functionP38P38P38P38P39For maintenancepersonnelTo restore a system as quickly as possible,response capabilities for "just in case"situations are the key to selecting a HMI display.Logging function/historical trend graph/historical data list displayLog viewer functionOperator authentication functionOperation log functionBackup/restoration functionAdvanced alarmLadder monitor functionSFC monitor functionLadder editor functionMotion SFC monitor functionSystem monitor functionNetwork monitor functionIntelligent module monitor functionMELSEC-L troubleshootingfunctionP40P41P41P42P44P46P46Q series motion monitor function P47Servo amplifier monitor functionCNC monitor function/CNC data I/O functionP40P43P44P45P45P46P46P47P47List editor for A/List editor for FX P47INDEX For Designers For Initial Startup & For MaintenanceMELSEC Process Specifications,Operations PersonnelGT10 iQ PlatformControl External DimensionsList of ConnectableModels, etc.GT16GT15GT12The functions bearing these marks are available on the GT16, GT15, or GT12 model.All other functions are supported by GT16, GT15, GT12, and GT11 models.: For details about the functions of GT10 models, see "GT10 (pages 48, 49)".30 31

Freedom to utilize advanced display functions toenhance the GOTFor designersSmooth, high-quality motion images helpefficiently investigate the cause of a problemGT16• Capable of recording motion images for 120 seconds before andafter an error occurrence (when the event trigger device turnedon), up to 240 seconds in total.Event trigger device: ONGRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINALMultimedia functionGOT 1000Recording audio and video, displaying input imagesClear view before and after the trouble occurrence120secondsbeforeError!120secondsafterHigh resolution recorded image (standard mode)• Smooth, high resolution video can be recorded.• Video size and frame rate• Maximum 15 fps in VGA (640 × 480)• Maximum 30 fps in QVGA (320 × 240)Playing back motion image filesCheck the motion image before and after the occurrenceof a problem, and diagnose the cause immediately.• The motion image recorded on site is saved in the CF card ofthe GOT's multimedia unit and can be played back immediatelyafter being recorded.• The motion image files saved in the CF card can be sent to yourpersonal computer over the Ethernet interface of the GOT'smultimedia unit. You can then view the motion image on yourpersonal computer.• Fast forward and slow motion playback functions are alsoavailable.Use as a video guidebook for work tasks•The GOT plays back motion image files that are created byyour personal computer. Since the GOT is compatible withstandard formats, commercially available software can be usedto create motion image files. • Quick Time 7 Pro • 3GP and MP4For additional recording time (extended mode)• Over two days of video can be recorded.• Video size QVGA (320 × 240); frame rate 15 fpsDisplaying input images• In addition to the dedicated screen, images input from avideo camera can be displayed on a user-created screen.Normally, input images are displayed on the user-createdscreen, and the dedicated multi-media screen is openedonly when an error occurs or when playing back recordedimages for confirmation. NEWEthernetWorksitePlay back motionimages recorded by the GOTon a personal computer!Motionimage fileMotionimage fileThe dedicated multimedia screen is available forrecording and playback. Reduce your screendesign time!OfficeGOT atworksitepromptly playsback motionimages.✽ : Not supported by GT16-VNB, GT1655, GT16 Handy.✽ : The multimedia data link tool and multimedia data link FTP services are necessary totransmit motion image files to a personal computer.✽ : Only one of the following devices can be used at one time: multimedia unit, videoinput unit, RGB input unit, video/RGB input unit or RGB input unit.Display various documents on the GOT at theworksiteGT16GT15GRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINALDocument display function• When a system error occurs, referring to recovery methodsin check lists and/or manuals on the GOT can reducedowntime.CF cardInsertCF cardConvert documents withthe document converter andsave the data to a CF cardDisplay of documents and manuals on the GOT can reduce downtime.An optional device may be necessary.For details, see "Selection of optional units and devices" (page 81).Central storage of FA device information ona single GOT terminalGT16GT15GT12GRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINALMulti-channel functionGOT 1000GOT 1000• Up to four FA device (PLC, servo, inverter, temperaturecontroller, etc.) channels can be monitored with one GOTunit. (GT12 monitors up to two channels.)• Easy device transfer between connected devices. Use GTWorks3 to specify triggers for source and destinationdevices for device transfer.(Device data transfer function)• Pages can be changed, scrolled through, enlarged orreduced, and multi-page documents can be displayed.• The document converter that comes with GT Works3 is usedto format documents to be displayed and save them to CFcards as JPEG files.• Supported file formats : doc, xls, ppt, pdf, jpg, bmpDocument is displayed on the GOTThe GOT1000 Series connects with PLCs,microcomputers, and other various devices. More modelsfrom more manufactures will be supported in the future.• Sample screen data for connecting to temperaturecontrollers, servo amplifiers, or inverters is available to makeit easy to create your own screen data.• The QnA compatible 3E frame is now supported with themicrocomputer connection (Ethernet).See "List of connectable models" (page 65), for more details on supported models ofother manufactures.INDEX For Designers For Initial Startup & For MaintenanceMELSEC ProcessOperations PersonnelGT10 iQ PlatformControlHigh-quality images with 65,536 colors provideprecise detailGT16GT15GRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINALVideo/RGB functionEnhanced compatibility with cameras and inspectiondevices • Input images from up to fourvideo cameras and inspectiondevices are simultaneouslyand cleanly displayed in fourwindows in 65,536 colors.Images can be saved inJPEG format.GOT 1000The multimedia data link tool and multimedia data link FTP service aremultimedia-dedicated software programs included with GT Works3.An optional device may be necessary.For details, see "Selection of optional units and devices" (page 81).Displays PC images on the GOT • Images on a personal computer display screen appear onthe GOT simultaneously with the GOT's screen. RGB inputof up to 2 channels is available when using the GT16M-R2.• The display size can be changed, and the clip display is available.Display the GOT screen on a display • Connect to a commercial display so that the GOT screen canbe displayed larger.✽ : Not supported by GT16-VNB, GT1655, GT16 Handy.✽ : Only one of the following devices can be used on the GT16 at one time; video inputunit, RGB input unit, video/RGB input unit, RGB output unit, or multimedia unit.✽ : Only the GT1585V and GT1575V for the GT15 series. Only one of the followingNEWdevices can be used at one time; video input unit, RGB input unit, video/RGB inputunit, or RGB output unit.For various types of peripherals.• General-purpose MODBUS ® devices • External devices (operation panels, switches, lamps, etc.)• Two-dimensional code readers, barcode readers • RFID readers, IC card readers • Speakers • Video cameras• Displays (RGB output) • PCs (RGB input) • Serial printers • PictBridge printers • Vision sensors ✽✽ : For details, see CASE STUDY 2 FA Solutions (page 18).Typical applicationsThird party PLCs via EthernetHUB1 2 3 4GT16Brand "A" PLC Brand "B" PLC Brand "C" PLC MELSEC-QUse of the main body Ethernet I/F enables connectionvia Ethernet with up to 4 different types of PLCsThe GT16 enables multi-channel connection without a communication unit!Third party PLCs2MELSECBrand "A" PLCEasy data exchange between PLCsPLC + Temperature controller + Inverter✽ : For the Ethernet connection with GT1695 and GT1685 of function version A, if connected to equipment compatible with 10BASE-T, use a switching hub for its operation in a networkenvironment where both 10Mbps and 100Mbps systems are operable.✽ : The number of channels and functions, which can be used with the multi-channel function vary depending on the connection configuration. For more details, see "Notes for use" (page 81).113Inverter2Temperature controllersEthernetCapable of simultaneous communicationwith different FA equipmentSpecifications,External DimensionsList of ConnectableModels, etc.An optional device may be necessary. For details, see "Selection of optional units and devices" (page 81).An optional device may be necessary. For details, see "Selection of optional units and devices" (page 81).32 33

Q25HCPU QX10 QX41QX41QJ71BR110123456789ABCDEFQJ71BR11Q25HCPU QX10 QX41QX41QJ71BR110123456789ABCDEFQJ71BR11Transfer real-time production data to host systemsFor designersMonitor the screen of the onsite GOT from your PC screenGT16GT15SoftGOT-GOT link function• Connect GT SoftGOT1000 with the GOT with an Ethernetconnection. Use the GOT's project data with GTSoftGOT1000 to monitor connected equipment. ✽• Operation of an input object (e.g. touch switch, numericalinput) is allowed by either the GT SoftGOT1000 or GOT,depending on which has operating authority.• By using the GT SoftGOT1000 Commander, multiple GTSoftGOT1000 modules using the SoftGOT-GOT link functioncan be efficiently managed, and the SoftGOT-GOT linkfunction can be utilized easily.✽ : Only CH1 can be monitored when GOT is connected via multi-channels. GOT andQCPU/LCPU can be connected by a bus connection, direct CPU connection,computer link connection, or Ethernet connection. GOT and OMRON PLC can beconnected via Ethernet connection.See "GT SoftGOT1000" (page 27), for more details.Connect your mouse/keyboard to the front USB interfaceGT16USB hubUSB keyboardUSB mouseUse the mouse to clicktouch switchesUse the keyboard to enterASCII characters and numbersThis is convenient when you need to operate smallswitches or enter many characters.GRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINAL GOT 1000 GRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINAL GOT 1000✽1GRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINAL GOT 1000USB mouse/keyboard connection• In a user-created screen, you can use your mouse to clicktouch switches and your keyboard to enter ASCII charactersand numbers.✽ : Not supported by GT16 HandyOperate a personal computer from the GOT touch screenGT16GT15An optional device may be necessary.For details, see "Selection of optional units and devices" (page 81).GRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINAL GOT 1000Remote personal computeroperation function (Serial)• When using RGB input, operate a personal computer screendisplayed on the GOT by touch operation (e.g. storeinformation such as touched coordinates in GOT internaldevices, transmit the data to a personal computer).PC screenCompatibleWindows OSTouchRGB input(Displays PC screen on GOT)Remote personal computeroperation functionSerial communication (RS-232)PC screenWindows ® XP Professional SP2/SP3, Windows ® XP Home Edition SP2/SP3,Windows ® 2000 Professional SP4✽ : Not supported by GT16-VNB, GT1655, GT16 Handy✽ : Supported only on the GT1585V and GT1575V models in the GT15 series.GOTQCPU/LCPUOMRON PLCPC screenUSB hubWorksiteDisplay on the PC screenEthernetOperation from mouse/keyboardUSB mouseUSB keyboardGRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINAL GOT 1000OfficePC screenYou can view files suchas manuals stored onyour personal computer,or you can use browsersand engineering tools.Send files from GOT to personal computerGT16GT15OfficeWorksiteGRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINALFile transfer function (FTP client)Logging file,etc.WorksiteCF card,etc.GOT (FTP client)Project dataEthernetMonitor✽ : Not supported by GT16-VNB, GT16 Handy✽ : The license key (GT16-PCRAKEY) is necessary.CF card,etc.OfficeOperate a remote PC from an onsite GOTGT16Personal computer(FTP server ✽ )Alarm log file,hard copy, etc.GOT (FTP client)Monitor the screen ofyour onsite GOT fromGT SoftGOT1000Remote personal computeroperation function (Ethernet)• A personal computer at a remote location can be operatedfrom an onsite GOT when they are connected via Ethernet.• A USB mouse/keyboard can be connected to the front USBinterface.Ethernet✽ : USB memory is supported only with GT16.✽ : The Microsoft IIS (Internet Information Service) FTP server is supported.GOT 1000NEW• With a few simple settings, files (alarm log files, hard copies,etc.) of resource data stored in the GOT's CF card and USBmemory ✽ can be sent from the GOT to a personal computer.Be alerted about worksite errors and collectdevice data from the officeGateway functionThe gateway function remotely monitors theworksite and supports remote maintenance fromthe office.Collect data on a personal computer (server function)• A GOT (server) can be monitored from the host personalcomputer (MX Component) to perform indirect reading/writingof connected devices being monitored by the GOT.• Even when third party devices are connected, MXComponent can read and write the devices through the GOTusing the server function.✽ : The collected data can be displayed and analyzed by Excel without using anyprograms other than MX Sheet. Programming with Visual C++ and Visual Basicenables applications to be flexibly designed and built. See the MELSOFT catalog (L(NA) 08008) for more details.Monitor other GOTs from a GOT (client function)• A GOT (client) indirectly reads/writes device values ofequipment monitored by another GOT (server).• The client function can also be used to indirectly read/writedevice values of PLC CPUs other than the one to which theGOT (client) is connected.Database linkage support enhances productivityat your worksiteGRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINAL GOT 1000MES interface functionNo need for gateway personal computer or databasetransfer programs. Minimize the cost!Direct check/edit of data in the CF card(FTP server function)Mail send functionAn optional device may be necessary.For details, see "Selection of optional units and devices" (page 81).MES interface function• DB link function (tag function / trigger buffering function / trigger monitor function / SQLstatement transmission function /calculation processing function / program execution function / DB buffering function)• SNTP time synchronization function• Resource data transmission function • Diagnosis function• DB server function (ODBC connection function / connection setting function / log output function)Usable databases• Oracle ® 8i/9i/10g/11g • Microsoft ® Access 2000/2003/2007• Microsoft ® SQL Server 2000/2005/2008• Microsoft ® SQL Server 2000 Desktop Engine (MSDE2000)• Wonderware ® Historian 9.0✽ : Compatible only with 32-bit versions.A manufacturing execution system (MES) is a system which controlsand manages production processes at a worksite in order tooptimize quality, productivity, delivery date, and cost.EthernetBrand "A" PLCMESdatabaseserverMELSEC✽ : Not supported by the GT16 Handy.MES application+databaseSQL statementTemperature controllerOfficeWorksiteGOT transmits data collectivelyalso to the equipment of othermanufacturers.Mitsubishi Electric e-F@ctory presents the appropriate products to connect production informationand MES (manufacturing execution system) to improve productivity of clients' plants.Convenient for using GOT resource data34on a personal computer.An optional device may be necessary. For details, see "Selection of optional units and devices" (page 81).35GT16GT16GT15GT15The GOT transmits data from connected FAdevices to the server personal computerdatabase via SQL statements.• For communication with the database, just specify thenecessary data in GT Works3 without programming.There is no need to use a gateway personal computer andcomplicated programs to communicate with the MESdatabase server.BeforeMore cost for installing a gateway personalcomputer and its maintenanceMES databaseserverMES applicationDatabase (Oracle ® , etc.)Gateway PCHost information systemcommunication processingData processing(calculation processing and logging, etc.)(MX Component)GOTGT12✽1 : GT12 supports only the FTP server function.Gateway (server function)When MES interface function is usedMES databaseserverMES applicationDatabase (Oracle ® , etc.)GOTMES interface functionSend events(SQL statement)• SELECT (multiple data)• UPDATE• INSERTSend productioninstruction requestsand production results• Files in the CF card within the GOT (e.g. alarms, recipes,and hard copies) can be directly read and written from apersonal computer.• The alarm history display function can transmit alarmoccurrences and recovery information by e-mail to personalcomputers and mobile phones.OfficeWorksiteClientServerHost personalcomputer(client)MX ComponentBrand "A" PLC Brand "B" PLC MELSEC MELSECMail serverInternetEthernetINDEX For Designers For Initial Startup & For MaintenanceMELSEC Process Specifications,Operations PersonnelGT10 iQ PlatformControl External DimensionsList of ConnectableModels, etc.

Standard functions to provide users withstraightforward operationFor initialstartup &operationsTo minimize production time, the GOT providesthe user with worksite-required functionsFor initialstartup &operationsDramatically improved GOT overall responseHigh-speed drawing• Sharp and quick drawing of complex, layered component screens, and detailed photographicdata in 65,536 colors.• The GT16 further speeds up drawing operations.High-speed computingHigh-speed communicationGRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINALDrawing, computing, communicationatrio of high-speed response functionsThe GOT1000 series offers faster response in drawing, computingand communication, reducing monitoring and operation load.• Ultra-high performance processing power to satisfy the most complex and demanding ofapplications.• High-speed communication is possible for connections with both Mitsubishi and third party PLCs.For connectable PLC models, see "List of connectable models" (page 65).Adjust brightness according to surroundingsGRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINALBacklight brightness adjustmentThe touch switches forbrightness adjustmentare registered in thesystem library.GOT 1000• Consider the conditions in the operation environment(daytime/nighttime etc.) and user comfort. You can adjustthe brightness of the backlight while viewing the userscreen.• By using the script function or the status monitor function,you can automatically adjust the brightness according toconditions.Easy-to recognize backlight stateGOT 1000 GRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINAL GOT 1000• The color of the LED on the front of the GOT unit indicateswhether the backlight is OFF or has expired.[Power LED: Color-coded message]Green ONOrange ONGT16Color-coded front face LEDWhen normal power isbeing appliedWhen in screen-savemodeGT15Orange/greenblinkingOFFFor planned commodity maintenanceGRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINALMaintenance time notification function Backlight, display area,touch keys, andbuilt-in flash memoryWarning! Backlight needs replacement soon.An optional device may be necessary.For details, see "Selection of optional units anddevices" (page 81).GT16/GT15 response performance comparison[Using MELSEC Q series] As of March 2011Bus connectionCPU directconnectionComputer linkconnectionMELSECNET/H connection(transient)CC-Link Ver.2(ID connection)(transient)CC-Link IE ControllerNetwork connection(transient)CC-Link IE FieldNetwork connection(transient)Ethernet connectionFX direct connection[FX3UC-32MT]FasterGT15GT16Response performanceThe monitor screen includes about 250points of word devices.When backlight life hasexpiredWhen power is not beingsuppliedGOT 1000• The cumulative backlight ON time is automaticallymonitored, and the operator is notified when maintenance isrequired. This facilitates scheduled maintenance andprevents system malfunctions.SystemalarmEasy data transmission without opening thecabinetGT16GT15GT11With USB environmental protection cover installed✽(standard feature) IP67f✽ : This does not guarantee protection in all users' environments.Personal computerwith programming andsetup softwareUSB/RS-232ModemconnectionEthernetGRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINALEquipped with front USB interface✽1 : Back face layout for GT12.USB device (Mini-B)• Connect the USB device (Mini-B) port to apersonal computer. You do not need toopen the panel to transfer operatingsystems and project data or to use the FAtransparent function.✽ : To connect the GOT to a personal computer, use thededicated USB cable. For more details, see "Product list"(page 74).Sequence program and parameters can easily bemodified at the worksiteGRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINALFA transparent functionGOT 1000✽1GOT 1000• Connected with a personal computer, the GOT acts as atransparent gateway to enable programming, start up, andadjustment of FA equipment.• Users do not have to bother with opening the cabinet orchanging cable connections. (When using the USBinterface)• The FA transparent function can be used when a GOT and apersonal computer are connected via USB, RS-232 or evenusing an Ethernet connection.(Supported only by GX Works2, MX Component/MX Sheet)BackupRestorePLC CPUPLC programfile register• Supported software ✽• MELSOFT Navigator• GX Works2• GX Developer• GX Configurator-AD/DA/SC/CT/TI/TC/AS/FL/PT/QP• PX Developer• FX Configurator-FP• FX3U-ENET-L Configuration Tool• MT Works2• MT Developer• MR Configurator• MR Configurator2• FR Configurator• RT ToolBox2• NC Configurator• MX Component/MX Sheet• GX LogViewer• LCPU Logging Configuration Tool✽ : The version of the software depends on the system configuration.For more details, see the GOT1000 Series Connection Manual(Mitsubishi Products) for GT Works3.✽ : For the software access range when using the FA transparent function,refer to the manual of the software being used.Bus connection/direct CPU connection/computer link connection/Ethernet connectionRS-422connectionUSB host (Type A) (for GT16 only)• Operating systems, project data, andresource data can be stored in a USBmemory device.• A USB mouse/keyboard can also be usedby connecting to the USB host interface.Mitsubishi inverterMELSECNET/HEthernet etc.Mitsubishi servo amplifierMitsubishi PLCINDEXFor Designers For Initial Startup & For MaintenanceMELSEC Process Specifications,Operations PersonnelGT10 iQ PlatformControl External DimensionsList of ConnectableModels, etc.Bus connection,direct CPU connectionEthernet connectionSSCNETIIIEasy access to distant PLCs!38 39

Q25HCPU QX10 QX41QX41QJ71BR110123456789ABCDEFQJ71BR11Q25HCPU QX10 QX41QX41QJ71BR110123456789ABCDEFQJ71BR11The GOT provides complete traceability for safeand secure operationFor maintenancepersonnelSmooth operation from the collection of variousdata to storage of time-series dataGT16Collect device data from PLCsand temperature controllersinto the buffering areaRed cursorGRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINAL GOT 1000Logging function/historical trend graph/historical data list display• Collecting data from temperature controllers and other unitswith the GOT can reduce the load on the PLC.• Logging data is saved in the built-in SRAM even during apower failure. (For GT16 only)PLCGT16GT15Temperature controllerGT12Buffering area(GOT memory)Analyze data in the CF card(CSV or Unicode text files)on a personal computerLog viewer functionCF cardDisplay logging data of a LCPU and high speeddata logger module on the GOTGRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINAL GOT 1000Display logging data without a PC• Logging data collected by a LCPU or high speed data loggermodule can be displayed on the GOT. Data logging (historical display)•By displaying two cursors (multi-cursor), changes in datacan easily be checked.•The collected logging data can be searched for by time orindex No. and displayed.Blue cursorDisplay with graphsDisplay with valuesUse GX LogViewer to viewand analyze logging dataHistorical trend graphSave loggingdata in the USBmemory device/CF card• After collecting datawith the loggingfunction, you candisplay the data in atime series.Historical data list display• Scroll the view orspecify the time so thatyou can checknecessary data easily.• Data collected with thelogging function isdisplayed in list format.• The historical trendgraph for a specifictime can be displayedby designating thetime.Logging data can be collected without opening the cabinet• In a USB memory device attached to the USB interface onthe front of the GOT, you can save logging data of the LCPUand high speed data logger module. In this way, you cancollect the logging data easily with the GOT withoutremoving the CF card/SD card from the LCPU or high speeddata logger module.• Connect a personal computer to the front USB interface of theGOT to view the LCPU logging data with the GX LogViewer, orto change the logging settings with the LCPU LoggingConfiguration Tool. (FA transparent function)Display loggingdata on the GOTEnhanced security system using passwordcontrolGT16GT15Option qEnter the operatorname andpassword to loginto the system.Use the ID cardor ID tag to log into the system. ✽✽ : Not supported by GT16 HandyGT16Option wRFID readerID cardID tagLogin OKThe screen appears,enabling operation!Operator information can beregistered and edited by the GOToperator management informationconversion tool or from the mainunit of the GOT.CF card etc.The GOT operator management information conversiontool is included with GT Works3.✽ : Combined with the operation log function, who, what,when, and how the operator operated can be recorded.See "Operation log function."Setting the level (authority) of operation and display for each operator can strengthen security and preventoperation errors.An optional device may be necessary.For details, see "Selection of optional units and devices" (page 81).GT15Setting screw tightening torque (Product A)Torque1Torque2GRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINAL GOT 1000Operator authentication functionPerform authentication operation.Option w can beused at thesame time.Redundancy incase of anexternalauthenticationdevice failure.Very helpful for identification and analysis ofcauses of incorrect operationGRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINAL GOT 1000Operation log function• Operations performed by operators on the GOT can berecorded with respect to time, making it possible to checkwhen, what, and how the operation was performed.A problemoccursCheck logon GOTOperation Log Data ListFile NameA.D.Date Time Screen No. OperationChange ToTouch switch: Screen switchingTime settingTouch switch: Bit setTouch switch: Screen switchingTouch switch: Bit setNumerical InputSwitch applicationsLadder monitorTorque 1 set value JonSmithDate(descending)Search• Two options are available for authentication of operatorswhen the system starts or the screen changes.• You can define various triggers, for example, to forceoperators to log out of the system automatically when acertain screen appears.JonSmith is now logged-inSetting screw tightening torque (Product A)Torque1Torque2Torque3Changeoperator• List operations by type and easily search for specific deviceand GOT operation state changes.Touch switch operation, numerical value input operation, security levelchange, screen change, etc.• Recorded log data is saved in the CF card and is availablefor checking on the GOT main unit or on a personalcomputer (CSV or Unicode text files).✽ : Use of this function together with the operator authentication function enablesrecording of "who" has operated.See "Operator authentication function".Date/Time:11/14/2008 16:43:10Function :NUM_VALNumerical inputScreen No. :BASE_2More detail Operation :Torque 1 set valueOperatorUser IDAction NoData TypeDeviceChange ToChng FromJonSmith is now logged-inSetting screw tightening torque (Product A)Torque1Torque2Torque3The screen display and touchswitches can be specifieddepending on the level of thelogged-in operator.Changeoperator Jon Smith is notauthorized to changethe set valueof "Torque 3".:JonSmith (ID:1 ):–:1:BIN16:D100:100:10INDEXFor Designers For Initial Startup & For MaintenanceMELSEC Process Specifications,Operations PersonnelGT10 iQ PlatformControl External DimensionsList of ConnectableModels, etc.EthernetYou do not need to have a PC onsite.Check logging data from the GOT, and you cantake corrective actions quickly.LCPULoggingdataLoggingdataHigh-speed data logger moduleRecord the operation log Check log outline Check log detailsRefer to the operation log file,and investigate the problem source.An optional device may be necessary.For details, see "Selection of optional units and devices" (page 81).Example )At 16:43:10 on November 14, 2008, Jon Smithchanged the Numerical Input data entry to changethe D100 value from 10 to 100 in "Torque 1 SetValue" on the BASE_2 screen.40 41

Q25HCPUFunctions designed to support maintenance personneland significantly reduce downtime!For maintenancepersonnelBack up important sequence programs forassurance in case of an emergencyGT16EthernetGT15Network No. 1Station 2GRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINAL GOT 1000Backup/restoration functionWith backup and restore, fear troubles no more• The sequence program and parameter data of the PLC CPUand motion controller, etc. can be backed up to the CF cardin the GOT.• Users can perform batch operation to restore the data to thePLC CPU or motion controller.Example of use qMake a data backup in case of a PLC or CPU failure or a deadbattery to quickly replace the faulty device and restore the systemusing the backup data in such a case.Replace CPUGT12If data is backed upSequenceprogram,etc.RestoreCF card,etc.✽ : When replacing the PLC CPU, the restoration function may not be available depending on the system configuration and connection type.Backup multiple controllers at the same time• Multiple controllers can be backed up at the same time overEthernet. Target controllers for backup can be specified perstation.Network No. 1Station 1Network No. 1Station 3Backup multiple controllersat the same time Programs, parameters, device comments,device initial value data, file registers, etc. MELSEC Q-Series (excluding Q12PRH/Q25PRHCPU),L-Series, FX-Series,Q-Series motion controllers (SV13/SV22 only), CNC C70,Robot controller (CRnD-700, CRnQ-700) Bus connection, CPU direct connection,computer link connection,Ethernet connectionExample of use wThe backup data conversion tool is included with GT Works3.When a problem occurs, or when the PLC CPU program is updated, thesequence program data can be transferred, analyzed, and corrected withoutrequiring an experienced engineer, increasing time and cost efficiency.Sequence programs saved on the CF card or other memorydevices can be edited in GX Developer after having beenconverted by the backup data conversion tool.PLC CPU programs can be easily changed without a personal computer at the worksite or any previousGX Developer knowledge.WorksiteSequenceprogram,etc.qBackupeRestoreCF card,etc.Automatic backup is available• Besides automatic backup from touch switches, you canspecify a trigger device, a day of the week, and time forautomatic backup.Backup data at 17:30 every FridayBackupBackupData transferCF card,etc.OfficewAnalysisand correctionPassword forbackup/restoration17:30 on FridayPassword for increased security• Define a password to perform password authentication whenexecuting backup/restoration.Clear communication minimizes machinedowntime even during an alarmGT16GRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINAL GOT 1000Advanced alarmA wider monitoring range protects even large-scale systems• Alarm observation is possible for up to 32,767 devices with amaximum of 255 alarm observation setting groups.• Batch display of large amounts of alarm information inlarge-scale systems, and unit-specific classification for easymanagement.• Alarm log data can be saved in the built-in SRAM evenduring a power failure. (For GT16 only)Rapid detection and corrective action for a wide array of alarmsFour-step alarm notificationGroup-specific & level-specific displays• Alarm occurrence conditions can be divided into 4 steps and • Alarms can be classified by group and level, with onlyconveyed to the operator in an easy-to-understand,specified alarms being displayed.step-by-step format.GroupAlarm Group Level Transport G alarm display• The four-step display makes it easy to take in and sort outalarm conditions (information such as where, what, andhow). This enables efficient troubleshooting when multipleproblems occur.AlarmoccurrenceLine "A" stopsWhere isthe error?GT15GT12Step1Device "A" errorAlarms by lineUpper stepOut of materialWhat kindof error is it?When willrecovery occur?Easy-to-understand displayStep Alarms by unit2 Middle stepMaterialreplenishmentExample of using the four stepsAlarm contentGeneral stepTroubleshootingDetail stepAlarm observationfor up to32,767 devices• The use of colors and popups produce easily recognizable alarm displays.Display subject switchingDisplay switching can display only active alarms or all contents.Comment display colorComment display colors can be specified for each type of alarm status(occurred, restored, and checked) and for each level and group, etc.SortingThe sorting function permits the display order to bedefined by date & time, level, group, alarm status,occurrence count, or downtime.Cursor display colorThe cursor display color can be specified. Alarmdisplays are harder to miss.Step3Step4Alarm observationsettingsUnit "A" observationsettingsUnit "B" observationsettingsAlarm observation Alarm display settings History file storageM0M1M2M3M4M5M6M7M8M9Transport GTransport GTransport GTransport GTransport GProcess GProcess GProcess GProcess GProcess GMax. of 255 settingsMid-levelMid-levelMid-levelMid-levelMajorMajorMinorMinorMinorMinorCombinationof level& groupLevelDisplay of active andrecovery-completed alarmsDisplay of activealarms onlyPopup displayTransport G major alarm displayMinor alarm displayEasy searching with time designation• Specify a time and easily check the required data.• When used with the historical trend graph, by specifying thetime at which an error appears to have occurred on thegraph, the state of alarm occurrence at that time can easilybe viewed.Floating alarm displayAllows the entire text of long comments which cannot becontained in the display area to be read.Details displayUsers can create window screens todisplay details.JPEG images can alsobe displayed.Alarm popup displayA popup display format ensures that user alarms andsystem alarms are not missed. The background colorcan be specified.INDEXFor Designers For Initial Startup & For MaintenanceMELSEC Process Specifications,Operations PersonnelGT10 iQ PlatformControl External DimensionsList of ConnectableModels, etc.Multiple controllers tobe backed up can be specified.RestoreAn optional device may be necessary. For details, see "Selection of optional units and devices" (page 81).Enter passwordImproved system alarms• The PLC/GOT/Network monitoring subject can be specifiedin advance, with only those specified alarms beingdisplayed.Support in identifying alarm causes (utility function)• Alarm occurrence conditions can be displayed in atime-series graph form.• Alarm occurrence counts can be displayed in bar-graphform.42 43

G102Superior functions and connectivity to reducemaintenance timeFor maintenancepersonnelThe GOT Ladder Monitor Function is greatly improvedwith the One-Touch Ladder Jump functionGT16GT15GRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINALLadder monitor functionGOT1000MELSEC Q/QS/L/QnA/A/FX series PLCs, CNC C70, MELDAS C6/C64sequence programs can be monitored in a circuit diagram (ladder format).Defect search with the One-Touch Ladder Jump function (Q/L/QnA series, CNC C70) By setting a program name and coil number of the PLC to atouch switch, the relevant ladder circuit block can bedisplayed directly.GT16GT15One touch to jumpto Ladder Monitor ScreenAn optional device may be necessary.For details, see "Selection of optional units and devices" (page 81).Display the ladder block ofthe coil set to the touch switchWide monitoring range and useful functions make maintenance work more efficient! Not only connected PLCs, but also PLCs of other stations,multiple CPUs, multiple programs in the CPU, and localdevices can be monitored. The programs and comments of multiple connectedcontrollers can be saved in a CF card, so the ladder datacan be switched and displayed without reading the data fromthe PLC.(Q/L/QnA series) Device values and timer (T) / counter (C) set values can bechanged. Used together with the alarm history, a back-tracking laddersearch can be performed to find the contact which triggeredthe alarm. Simply touching the Ladder Monitor screen can execute acoil search and contact point search. (Q/L/QnA series) The number of ladder program lines displayed on a XGA modelhas increased thus it is more user-friendly than ever.Monitor SFC programs on the GOT to maketroubleshooting even easierGRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINALSFC monitor functionMELSEC Q/L series PLC SFC programs (MELSAP3,MELSAP-L) can be monitored in a graphical format.GOT1000 Viewing the block list or active step list enables you to seethe complete status at a glance. Touch an SFC chart or a zoom window to specify a device.Then, the Ladder Monitor function displays other sequenceprograms that use the specified device. A device test can easily be conducted from a SFC chart orblock list. Save programs and comments in the CF card of the GOT.They can be retrieved at a moment's notice.PrintScreenPLC RD.ExitMon.Menu Select [SP Function]-[Ladder Monitor] from the touch switchproperty dialog. : Supported by XGA/SVGA/VGA models. : Supported by XGA/SVGA/VGA models. : QS series models can only monitor theladder program of a Q/L/QnA.It cannot alter device values, forinstance. : FX3GCPU is not supported.Set PLC station No., CPU No.,destination device, ladder searchmode (coil search/factor search),and program file name.(Example)[Program name: AUTO-L1, NetworkNo.: 2, Station No.: 3, M100]Example of touch search (when error indicator light [Y10] is on) ST1 errorM10ST2 errorM20TouchY10Block tabsTouch a tab to display the block.StepThe active step is highlighted.Touch the step to display the zoomwindow or SFC program of therelevant block. The SFC programscrolls automatically along with theprogress of active steps.Transition conditionTouching a transition conditiondisplays a window for turning onor off a bit device.Error indicatorlight: ONTouch normally opencontact (M20) in on state(Coil search function)Block No. 1 Block No. 2aSTART tTRANClamp close commandClamp close endLifter upLifter upper endBefore drill downBefore drill downDrill A downDrill A down sensorPusher LS errorM31M20Air pressureerrorM32Oil pressureerrorM33sSTOPmSTOPMODEZoom windowDrill B downDrill B stop timercCONTST2 errorError is detected here becauseoil pressure (M33) is on.Since the source of operation halts andinterlocks can be easily checked, unexpectedproblems can be detected quickly.Drill B downoutputSFC ChartSimple and easy!Use the GOT to correct ladder programs, no need for a PC!GT16GT16GT15GT15GRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINALLadder editor functionGRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINALGOT1000Sequence programs of Mitsubishi PLC Q Series (QMode) and CNC C70 can be edited in the ladder format.Ladder programs can easily be edited on the GOT at the worksite Just touch the portion (e.g. contact points, vertical lines) youwant to edit in the ladder program. You can enter, change,or delete circuit symbols and devices. You can also insert ordelete vertical lines and horizontal lines as well as columnsand rows.Edit Find/Replace Convert Display OnlineTouch the area you wish to edit.The circuit input window is displayed.Enter ladder programCircuit symbol: Changing from normally closedcontact to normally open contact.Device: Changing from M422 to M200Writing into PLC while it is in operation Edited programs can be written from GOT to a PLC even if itis in operation. You do not need to stop equipment inoperation to correct ladder programs. Remotely change the PLC's mode to "STOP" or "RUN" fromthe GOT.Grasping CPU status with PLC diagnosis The CPU operation status and current errors can bemonitored.An optional device may be necessary.For details, see "Selection of optional units and devices" (page 81).Enter ladder programInsert row Delete row Insert column Delete columnUse the GOT to monitor a motion SFC programMotion SFC monitor functionMotion SFC programs of the Mitsubishi MotionController (Q Series) can be monitored.GOT1000 Viewing the batch program monitor or the active step listenables you to see the complete status at a glance. The detailed program window allows you to monitorprograms and current values of operation control steps andtransitions. Save programs in the CF card of the GOT. They can beretrieved at a moment's notice.Insert row Delete row Insert column Delete column : Supported by XGA/SVGA/VGA models excluding 5.7" types. : QnPHCPU/QnPRHCPU are not supported. Search and replace of devices makes it easy to locate thepoint to be edited. You can also make two or moremodifications in one operation. Statements and notes can be edited. The details edited last can be restored (undone).Edit Find/Replace Convert Display OnlineChanges to M200, normallyopen contact!Long access range and convenient functions forefficient maintenance! Besides a directly connected PLC, you can edit multipleprograms on another station's PLC, multi CPU, or CPU inthe same network. You can view current values, perform a search, and conducta device test. The one-touch ladder jump function is available. This ishelpful to identify problem causes. : Supported by XGA/SVGA/VGA models.Block tabsTouch a tab to display the block.Step/transitionThe active step is highlighted.Touch the step to display thedetailed program window. TheSFC chart scrolls automaticallyalong with the progress of activesteps.Real mode mainReal mode mainG100Execute “change speed” when X19=ON,M2415=ON, and M2345=ON.F100Holding point positioningP0Position holding point when X0=ON and M2001=OFF.F1001 //Obtain digital SW2 DIND2010,X103 D2011=D2010&HFF4 //Select data5 D2012L=BIN(D2011)6 //07 D2020L=D2012K1000LDetailed programwindowDevice Value FormatD2010 0K(±)X10 FEDC BA98 7654 3210D2011 H0000HD2012L 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 BIND2020L 0K(+)Change speedSFC ChartINDEXFor Designers For Initial Startup & For MaintenanceMELSEC Process Specifications,Operations PersonnelGT10 iQ PlatformControl External DimensionsList of ConnectableModels, etc.An optional device may be necessary. For details, see "Selection of optional units and devices" (page 81). An optional device may be necessary. For details, see "Selection of optional units and devices" (page 81).44 45

Unique functions designed for Mitsubishi devicesFor maintenancepersonnelMonitor and change Mitsubishi FA devicesGRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINALSystem monitor functionGOT1000At-a-glance monitoring of network statusGT16GT15GRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINAL GOT1000Network monitor functionEasy adjustment of Q series motion controllerGT16GT15GRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINAL GOT1000Q series motion monitor functionEasy startup and adjustment of a servo amplifierGT16GT15GRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINAL GOT1000Servo amplifier monitor functionINDEX The devices of PLCs, motion controllers, CNCs and robotcontrollers can be monitored and changed. : Only monitoring, but not changing device values and other operations, is availablewith the QSCPU. The current values and setting values of timers (T) andcounters (C) can be changed. The buffer memory (BM) of an intelligent function modulecan be monitored and changed.Easy-to-understand display of buffer memoryvalues and I/O informationGT16GT15GRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINALGOT1000Intelligent module monitor function Buffer memory values of intelligent function modules (e.g.QD75MH) and the ON/OFF status of I/O units can bemonitored and changed. When a QCPU (Q mode), a QSCPU or a LCPU is in use,CPU operating status and existing errors can be monitoredby PLC diagnosis. QD65PD2 and LD77MH16 are now supported. : Supported by XGA/SVGA/VGA models. Enable monitoring of network line conditions of the CC-LinkIE Controller Network, CC-Link IE Field Network,MELSECNET/H, MELSECNET/10, and MELSECNET2 ona dedicated screen. Communication line and information from the host and otherstations can be monitored to check the communicationstatus.Easy maintenance of MELSEC-L SeriesGT16GRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINALMELSEC-L troubleshooting functionGOT1000 The maintenance screen dedicated to LCPU is installed.Without designing new screens and even without using apersonal computer, you can check CPU status/errorinformation easily. Just touch the dedicated screen. You can jump to a functionscreen such as the intelligent unit monitor to quickly takecorrective actions on site. Up to 3 Q-type motion controllers can be used on a singlebase, with monitoring and parameter settings possible.Access to other stations is also possible.• Q172D/Q173DCPU (-S1) • Q170MCPU• Q172H/Q173HCPU • Q172(N)/Q173(N)CPU : Supported only if the Q series motion controller CPU has the SV13/SV22 OSversion.Moreover, available functions of the Q series motion monitor vary according to theCPU type or the servo amplifier model.Save space and cost when no dedicated displaydevice is requiredGT16GT15GRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINALGOT1000CNC monitor function/CNC data I/O functionCNC monitor function Connecting to a CNC (C70, C6/C64) enables functions suchas position display and alarm diagnosis, and allows tooloffset parameters to be set.CNC data I/O function This function can be used to copy and delete CNC C70 workprograms, parameters, etc. In a system which outputs pulse strings, the GOT can beconnected to a servo amplifier in a serial connection toperform the following operations: set up, monitoring, alarmdisplay, diagnosis, parameter setting, and test operations. : Available monitoring functions vary according to the servo amplifier type.Convenient method for minor program changesonsiteGRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINALList editor for A/List editor for FXGOT1000 MELSEC-A series, FX series PLC sequence programs canbe edited in list format (instruction word). Permits minor program changes onsite, even without aperipheral device. Used together with the ladder monitor function, the GT16and GT15 can edit sequence programs while viewing theladder data.For Designers For Initial Startup & For MaintenanceMELSEC Process Specifications,Operations PersonnelGT10 iQ PlatformControl External DimensionsList editor for FXList of ConnectableModels, etc.List editor for A : Supported by XGA/SVGA models.An optional device may be necessary.For details, see "Selection of optional units and devices" (page 81).46 47

Powerful features even down to the most basic GOTGT10Various screen sizesGRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINALGOT1000GRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINALGOT multi-drop connectionGOT1000GRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINALCommon software functionsGOT1000INDEXThe GT10 now offers line up of models with 5.7" and 4.7" screens, enabling more flexible screen layouts.The 4.5" and 3.7" wide screen models are also available with a white frame.Black frameWhite frame5.7inch QVGA 320 × 240 dots Matrix touch panel Minimum touch key size: 16 × 16 dots Maximum number of touch keys: 50/Screen 288 × 96 dots Matrix touch panel4.5inch Minimum touch key size: 16 × 16 dots Maximum number of touch keys: 50/ScreenHigh contrastproduct released!GRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINALGOT1000Similar dimensions to the F900 Series allows for simplereplacement without panel design changes 11 : When the F940GOT is replaced with the GT1050/GT1055 or when the F930GOT isreplaced with the GT1030The GT1050, GT1055, and F940GOT are of the same size, 5.7", withthe same LCD, QVGA 320 × 240 dots. They are highly compatible.F940GOTGT1050/GT1055320 dots240 dots320 dots240 dots QVGA 320 × 240 dots in each model4.7inch QVGA 320 × 240 dots Matrix touch panel Minimum touch key size: 16 × 16 dots Maximum number of touch keys: 50/ScreenBlack frame3.7inchConnect a PC withPLC via GOT.White frame 160 × 64 dots Analog touch panel Minimum touch key size: 2 × 2 dots Maximum number of touch keys: 50/ScreenGRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINALFA transparent functionGOT1000When a GOT and a personal computer are connected, the FAdevices can be programmed, started and adjusted via GOT.By using the serial multi-drop connection unit, theGT01-RS4-M, up to 16 GOT1000 units can be connected.The total distance can be up to 500m.Mitsubishi PLCMELSEC SeriesFX, A, QnA or Q : See relevant manuals for connectable hardware and software versions. : GOT multi-drop connection is also available for GT16, GT15, and GT11.Connection to Mitsubishi inverters and AC servosDirect connection to Mitsubishi inverters and AC servoamplifiers with RS-485 makes it easy to adjust parametersettings etc.MonitoringParameteradjustmentCan connectup to 32 axes ofMitsubishigeneral-purposeAC servos with atotal extension of500m.Data transfer memory board GT10-50FMBGRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINALThe GT1030 has the same panel mounting dimensions as theF930GOT yet with improved resolution 2 .Memory loader GT10-LDR2 : 1.44 times comparedFA transparent Has a compact design (70 × 110 mm),with the F930GOTwhere the GOT transfer cable can beF930GOT GT1030At the worksitestored inside the body.On aResolution Can write the standard monitor OS,At the desk Standard monitor OS, GT10-LDR Standard monitor OS, At worksiteDirect connection with FX/Q/L/QnACPUbusiness tripcommunication driver, and project data.communication drivercommunication driver×1.4Q/L/QnACPU serial communication unit connection etc.project data,project data, Can read the project data andresource data1resource data2resource data.Visiting a customerRead/WriteRead/WriteGT1030 288 dots Offers simple switch type operation,F930 240 dotswhere the write-protect switchFor copying series80dotsproduction unitsUSB cable (1m) packedRS-232 transfer cable (0.2m)prevents erroneous reading.PC9670togetherincorporatedGT1020/GT1030dots Does not require a power supply as(GT Works3)power is supplied from the GOT or1 : Only the standard monitor OS and communication driver can be written and only resource×1.4personal computer.data can be read.48 2 : Only resource data can be read.49Can connectup to 10 Mitsubishigeneral-purposeinverters with atotal extension of500m. : See relevant manuals for connectable hardware and software versions.36MonitoringOperationcommandsData transfer for improved user-friendliness and flexibilityOptional memory board and memory loader provide a convenient way to download project data and operating system data toterminals without a PC. Furthermore when downloading to multiple units speed and efficiency is increased.11034.8GOT1000CommonDrawing andgraphicsObjects Install a memory boardstoring the newest dataGT10 includes convenient functions of more advancedmodels in a compact package. Preinstalled OS to enable immediate use Displaying custom startup screens Choose your font Display in a variety of languages A variety of alarm functions and and comment switching functionwindow functions Screen save function The recipe function and multi-action switchfor reducing sequence program loadScreen (base: max. 1,024 screens, window: max. 512 windows)Fonts (standard (6 × 8 dots: Gothic, 16 dots: Gothic, 12 dots: Gothic[except GT1020])/high quality/TrueType/Windows)Screen switching function, screen call-up function, language switching function,password, system information, setting connected devices, and startup logoStraight lines, continuous lines, rectangular, polygons, chamfered quadrangles,circles, ellipses, arcs, elliptic arcs, circular sectors, and elliptic sectorsDivision indication Painting Images (BMP/DXF)Comment registration (basic comments and comment groups)Parts registration Data computing function Offset functionSecurity function Lamp indications Touch switchesNumeric indications and input ASCII indications and inputClock function (GT1050, GT1055, GT1040, GT1045, GT1030:Integrated clock, GT1020: Read from the PLC clock)Comment displays Alarm list and alarm historyParts display Panel metersTrend graphs, kinked line graphs, bar graphs, statistic crossbar graphs, statistic circular graphsStatus monitor function Recipe function (4,000 points) Time action function : See the manual for details.GRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINALGRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINALGOT1000Supporting the GT Works3 simulator functionCreated screens can be easily debugged without an actual machine.Easilydebugwith a PCFunctionality : Supported with GT Works3 Ver. 1.22Y or later.GOT1000 Data can be read or written as shown in the utility window below. Data is written at startup when two points are pressed on the screen.Basic OS,communication driver,and project dataRead/WriteClick!Using the GX Works2 simulator,the sequence program can alsobe debugged simultaneously.For Designers For Initial Startup & For MaintenanceMELSEC Process Specifications,Operations PersonnelGT10 iQ PlatformControl External DimensionsList of ConnectableModels, etc.

201510151Q61PPULLPOWERReal-time multi CPU access with the iQ PlatformPLC Motion controller CNCGOT1000qReducing engineering costThe screen design software "GT Works3" enablescreation of monitor screens for each controller.wReducing spare parts costA single GOT1000 can integrate several types of monitorunits connected to each controller, greatly reducingequipment cost.ePowerful support for maintenanceThe GOT1000 has a variety of useful maintenancefunctions such as the "Q motion monitor function" and"CNC monitor function," very capable of and reliable fortroubleshooting. (GT16 and GT15 only)Mitsubishi FA Integrated Platformoptimizes front line of productionCNC monitor function"iQ Platform," the next generationintegrated platformintegrated Qimproved Qualityintelligent & Quickinnovation & QuestWith high speed control and convenience fully assured,controllers compatible with the iQ Platform andthe GOT1000 are the keys to higher productivity at lower costs.PLCs, motion controllers, CNCs, robot controllers, and C controllers areintegrated into one as a controller compatible with the iQ Platform.The GOT1000 can integrate different types of monitor unitsthat were previously connected to each controller. : Connectable models and usable functions vary depending on the GOT main unit.For more details, see "List of connectable models" (page 65), "Function list" (page 70) and "Notes for use" (page 81).RobotQX41QJ71LP21Q62AD-GH0123456789ABCDEFQ62AD-GHController compatible with iQ Platform0123456789ABCDEFQ62AD-GH0123456789ABCDEFC controllerRobot sample drawing dataCreate an easy-to-operate process control system.GOT1000 flexibly interacts with process control.MELSEC process controlqPX Developer creates GOT process control monitor screens automatically: For details on the compatible software version and functions, see the PX Developer Operating Manual.[Screen examples that can be created automatically]Control panel screenWorksiteTuning screenat the worksite Excellent anti-environment performance (IP67f) for operationin various types of worksites. The VESA mount adapter is available.Alarm list screenMonitoringlocationin the monitoring location Touch switches on the GT SoftGOT1000 can call upscreens such as face plates and the alarm list of thePX Developer monitor tool. Since GOT1000 screen data can be used forGT SoftGOT1000 without modification, no screensneed to be created just for the monitoring location.: For more details, see "GT SoftGOT1000" (page 26)Trend graph screenwUtilizing GOT1000 & GT SoftGOT1000 dataOnly by using GT Works3 and PX Developer, a process control monitor system can be developed for both the worksite (GOT1000)and the remote monitoring location (GT SoftGOT1000).Screen data can be shared to monitor screens efficiently.eProcess control parts libraryLibrary of process control partshas been added. This allows aprocess control graphic screen tobe created easily.MELSEC will change process control.From dedicated systems to PLCs."MELSEC process control" is used in a wide range of applicationsfrom device process control to plant process control.The GOT1000 can be used as the monitoring interface.When using Mitsubishi FA devices, the outstanding interaction allowsa high-performance process control monitor system to be created easily.Four benefits that MELSEC process control and GOT1000 (GT16/GT15) can offer.Based on the information such as tags defined by PX Developer, process control monitor screens for the GOT can be createdautomatically, greatly reducing the time required for screen design.GT Works3 can then customize the automatically created screens.By using the GT Works3 simulator function and GX Simulator, the operation of programs and screen data can be confirmed on apersonal computer even without an actual machine.Motorized valveDiaphragmtype 3-way valveControl loopPiston valvePumpFlow meterrVarious GOT1000 functionsare available for process andduplex CPUThe various GOT1000 functions usable withprocess and duplex CPUs support themaintenance work of the process controlsystem. Operation log function Operator authentication function Backup/restoration function, etc.50 51INDEXFor Designers For Initial Startup & For MaintenanceMELSEC Process Specifications,Operations PersonnelGT10 iQ PlatformControl External DimensionsList of ConnectableModels, etc.

SpecificationsGT16General specificationsPerformance specificationsDisplay✽1BacklightTouchpanel✽10HumansensorMemory C drive✽5Life (No. of writings)Internal clock accuracyBatteryItemTypeScreen sizeResolutionDisplay sizeNo. of displayedcharactersDisplay colorsTFT color LCD (high-brightness, wide viewing angle)15"12.1"XGA: 1024 × 768 [dots] SVGA: 800 × 600 [dots]304.1(W) × 228.1(H)[mm] 246(W) × 184.5(H)[mm]Right/left: 75°,View angle ✽2Up: 50°, Down: 60°Intensity450 [cd/m 2 ]Intensity adjustmentLifeLife ✽3ItemOperating ambienttemperature ✽1Vibration resistanceImpact resistanceOperating atmosphereOperating altitude ✽2Installation locationOvervoltage category ✽3Contamination level ✽4Cooling methodGroundingTypeKey sizeNo. of simultaneous touch pointsLife ✽11Detection distanceDetection rangeDetection delay timeDetectiontemperatureBacked up dataLifeRS-232 ✽7RS-422/485DisplayOther than displayStorage ambient temperatureOperating ambient humidityStorage ambient humidityConformingto JIS B 3502andIEC 61131-2Conforming to JIS B 3502 and IEC 61131-2 (147m/s 2 , 3 times each in X, Y and Z directions)No oily smoke, corrosive gas or combustible gas, less conductive dust,away from direct sunlight (the same in storage)2000m or lessIn control panel ✽6GT1695M-XTBAGT1695M-XTBD16-dot standard font:64 chars. × 48 lines (2-byte)12-dot standard font:85 chars. × 64 lines (2-byte)Under intermittentvibrationUnder continuousvibration2 or lower2 or lessSelf-coolingType D grounding (100Ω or less). Connect to panel if unable to ground.GT1685M-STBAGT1685M-STBDRight/left: 80°,Up: 60°, Down: 80°Approx. 52,000 hours(operating ambient temperature: 25°C)1 [m]Right/left/up/down: 70°0 to 4 [sec]Temperature difference to be 4°C or morebetween human body and ambient air✽1 : The maximum operating ambient temperature should be 5°C lower thanSpecificationthat shown in the table on the left when connecting to a multimedia unit8.4 to 150Hz 9.8m/s 2✽3 :– Y and Z directions Assuming that the device is connected at some point between a publicpower distribution network and local system equipment.5 to 8.4Hz –1.75mm–Category2 applies to devices that are supplied with power from fixed8.4 to 150Hz 4.9m/s 2 –equipment. The surge withstand voltage is 2,500V for devices with0°C to 50°C ✽5(GT16M-MMR), MELSECNET/H communication unit (GT15-J71LP23-250°C to 55°C ✽5or GT15-J71BR13) or CC-Link communication unit (GT15-J61BT13).-20°C to 60°C✽2 : Do not operate or store the GOT unit in pressurized environments where10 to 90%RH, no condensationthe pressure exceeds 0m elevation atmospheric pressure, as this could10 to 90%RH, no condensationresult in abnormal operation.Do not pressurize inside the control panel for air purge cleaning. TheFrequency Acceleration Half amplitude Sweep count pressure could raise the surface sheet, making the touch panel difficult5 to 8.4Hz –3.5mm 10 times each in X, to operate or causing the sheet to come off.ratings up to 300V.✽4 : Index that indicates the level of foreign conductive matter in the operatingenvironment of the device. Contamination level 2 denotes an environmentcontaminated only by non-conductive matter which may, under certainconditions, become temporarily conductive due to condensation.✽5 : 0 to 40°C for GT1665HS✽6 : Excluding GT1665HSGT1675M-STBAGT1675M-STBDSVGA: 800 × 600 [dots]16-dot standard font: 50 chars. × 37 lines (2-byte)12-dot standard font: 66 chars. × 50 lines (2-byte)TFT color LCD65,536 colors 4,096 colors 16 colorsRight/left/up/downSpecificationGT1675M-VTBAGT1675M-VTBD470 [cd/m 2 ] 400 [cd/m 2 ]450 [cd/m 2 ]8-step adjustmentApprox. 43,000 hours(operating ambient temperature: 25°C)GT1675-VNBAGT1675-VNBD10.4"VGA: 640 × 480 [dots]211(W) × 158(H)[mm]Right/left: 45°, Up: 30°, Down: 20°200 [cd/m 2 ]4-step adjustmentApprox. 52,000 hours(operating ambient temperature: 25°C)Cold-cathode fluorescent tube (replaceable), with backlight OFF detection function.Backlight off time and screen save time can be set.Approx. 50,000 hours or more(Time for display intensity reaches 50% at operating ambient temperature of 25°C)Analog resistive typeMin. 2 × 2 [dots] (per key)Simultaneous touch prohibited ✽4 (1 point only)1,000,000 times or more (operating force 0.98N or less)––––15MB built-in flash memory(for saving project data and OS)• Right/left: 70°, Up/down: 65°(Function version D or later)• Right/left/up/down: 88°(Function version C or earlier)16-dot standard font: 40 chars. × 30 lines (2-byte)12-dot standard font: 53 chars. × 40 lines (2-byte)GT1672-VNBAGT1672-VNBD11MB built-in flash memory(for saving project data and OS)100,000 times3.47 to 8.38 secs/day (operating ambient temperature: 25°C) ✽12GT15-BAT type lithium batteryClock data, maintenance time notification data, system log data and SRAM user area (500KB)Approx. 5 years (operating ambient temperature: 25°C)RS-232, 1ch Transmission speed: 115200/57600/38400/19200/9600/4800bpsConnector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)Application: Communication with connected devices, connection to personal computer(project data read/write, OS installation, FA transparent function)RS-422/485, 1ch Transmission speed: 115200/57600/38400/19200/9600/4800bpsConnector shape: 14-pin (female) Application: Communication with connected devicesDo not use or store the GOT under direct sun light or in an environmentwith excessively high temperature, dust, humidity or vibration.For inquiries relating to products which conform to UL, cUL, and CEdirectives and shipping directives, please contact your local sales office.GT1665M-STBAGT1665M-STBDTFT color LCD(high-brightness, wide viewing angle)8.4"SVGA: 800 × 600 [dots]171(W) × 128(H)[mm]16-dot standard font:50 chars. × 37 lines (2-byte)12-dot standard font:66 chars. × 50 lines (2-byte)65,536 colorsRight/left: 80°,Up: 80°, Down: 60°400 [cd/m 2 ]8-step adjustmentApprox. 43,000 hours(operating ambient temperature: 25°C)15MB built-in flash memory(for saving project data and OS)Power supply specificationsGT1675M-STBAGT1675M-VTBAGT1675-VNBAGT1695M-XTBA GT1685M-STBA GT1672-VNBAGT1665M-STBAGT1665M-VTBAGT1662-VNBA100 to 240VAC (+10%, -15%)50/60Hz ±5%SpecificationGT1675M-STBDGT1675M-VTBDGT1675-VNBDGT1695M-XTBD GT1685M-STBD GT1672-VNBDGT1665M-STBDGT1665M-VTBDGT1662-VNBD24VDC (+25%, -20%)–GT1665HS (Handy)Interfaceprotective coverUSB interface(device)USB interface(host)✽1 : On LCD screens, bright dots (permanently lit) and black dots (not to be lit) generally appear.Because the large number of display elements exist on an LCD screen, it is not possible toreduce appearance of the bright and black dots to zero.Note that the existence of bright and black dots is a standard characteristic of LCDscreens, and it does not mean that the products are defective or damaged.✽2 : LCD panels have characteristics of tone reversal. Note that even within the indicated viewangles, the screen display may not be clear enough depending on the display color.✽3 : Using the GOT screen save/backlight OFF functions prevents screen burn-in and extends backlight life.✽4 : An analog resistive touch display is used. When 2 points on the screen are touchedsimultaneously, if a switch is located the middle of the 2 points then the switch will beactivated. Therefore, avoid touching 2 points on the screen simultaneously.✽5 : The memory is ROM that permits overwriting of new data without having to delete the existing data.Data transfer system: 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T, 1ch ✽8✽6 : With the USB environmentally protective cover is on, pressing firmly the portion marked "["Connector shape: RJ-45 (modular jack)makes it conform to IP67f. (The USB interface conforms to IP2X when a USB cable or a USBEthernetmemory is connected.) However, this does not guarantee protection in all users' environments.Application: Communication with connected devices, gateway function, connection to personal computerUSB (full-speed 12Mbps), host 1ch ConnectorBuilt-in(project data read/write, OS installation, FA transparent function, MES interface function)USB (full-speed 12Mbps), host 1ch Connector shape: TYPE-AThe unit may not be used in an environment where it is exposed to splashing oil orshape: TYPE-A Application: USB memory dataApplication: USB mouse/keyboard connection, USB memory data transferchemicals for a long time or it is soaked with oil mist.interfaceUSB (full-speed 12Mbps), host 1ch Connector shape: TYPE-AWhere more than one extension unit, barcode reader, and RFID controller are used, the sumApplication: USB mouse/keyboard connection, USB memory data transfer and storage FAT16 format: max. 2GB, FAT32 format: max. 32GB ✽13and storage FAT16 format: max. 2GB, FAT32 format: max. 32GBUSB✽13 transferand storage FAT16 format: max. 2GB, ✽7 :FAT32 format: max. 32GB✽13of their current consumptions should be within the current level which the GOT can supply.For the currents which the extension units, barcode reader, and RFID controller consumeUSBUSB (full-speed 12Mbps), device 1chUSB (full-speed 12Mbps), device 1ch Connector shape: Mini-Band the current level which the GOT can supply, see "Notes for use" (page 81).Connector shape: Mini-B Application: Connection to personal computerApplication: Connection to personal computer✽8 : The function version A of GT1695/GT1685 is not compatible with 10BASE-T.(project data read/write, OS installation, FA transparent function)(project data read/write, OS installation, FA transparent function)✽9 : The degree of protection is not guaranteed under all users' environmental conditions. If the interfaceprotective cover or the rear face protective cover is removed, the specification does not apply.Compact flash slot, 1chCompact flash slot, 1ch Connector shape: TYPE 1CF cardConnector shape: TYPE 1 Application: Data transfer, data storage, GOT startup FAT16 format: max. 2GB, FAT32 format: max. 32GB ✽13CF cardIf necessary, use a stylus pen meeting the following specifications. (excluding GT1665HS)Application: Data transfer, data storage, GOT startup FAT16 format: max. 2GB, FAT32 format: max. 32GB ✽13 ✽10 :• Material: Polyacetal resin • Pen point radius: 0.8mm or moreOptional function board1ch for optional function board installation–✽11: When using a stylus pen, it will be 100,000 times or more (operating force 0.98N max.).Optional function board1ch for optional function board installationSince the touch panel is a consumable product structurally, it may not be used even fewerExtension unit ✽72ch for communication unit/optional unit installationExtension unit ✽71ch for communication2ch for communication unit/optional unit installation–than above, depending on the usagemethod and environment.unit/optional unit installation✽12 : If the operating ambient temperature is other than 25°C, operation errors may increase.Buzzer outputSingle tone (tone length adjustable)USB memory and CF cards that can store more than 2GB are available for the GT16 withProtective constructionFront: IP67f ✽6 Buzzer outputSingle tone (tone length adjustable)✽13 :In panel: IP2Xthe following versions of OSs installed.• Boot OS version: 05.09.00AF or laterExternal dimensions 397(W) × 296(H) × 61(D)[mm] 316(W) × 242(H) × 52(D)[mm]303(W) × 214(H) × 49(D)[mm]241(W) × 190(H) × 52(D)[mm]Protective constructionFront: IP67f ✽6 IP65f ✽9In panel: IP2X(when external connectioncable is connected)• Standard monitor OS version: 05.09.00 or laterPanel cut dimensions 383.5(W) × 282.5(H)[mm] 302(W) × 228(H)[mm]289(W) × 200(H)[mm]227(W) × 176(H)[mm]With OSs earlier than the above versions, the GOT cannot correctly recognize the USBExternal dimensions241(W) × 190(H) × 52(D)[mm]267(W) × 135(H) × 60(D)[mm] 201(W) × 230(H) × 97(D)[mm]Weight (excl. mounting brackets) 5.0[kg]2.7[kg]2.1[kg]memory and the CF card that store more than 2GB.2.3[kg]1.7[kg]Panel cut dimensions227(W) × 176(H)[mm]153(W) × 121(H)[mm]–If the above versions of OSs are not installed, install the OSs on the GOT by using GTGT Works3 Version1.31H or laterDesigner3 with version 1.17T or later. GT Designer2 versionM is not compatible with USBApplicable software packagesGT Works3 Version1.31H or laterGT Works3 Version1.31H or laterWeight (excl. mounting brackets) 1.7[kg] 1.8[kg]1.0[kg] 1.2[kg] (main unit only)52 (not supported by GT Works2/GT Designer 2)memory and CF cards that can store more than 2GB.53Applicable software packages GT Works3 Version1.31H or later GT Works3 Version1.31H or later (not supported by GT Works2/GT Designer 2)ItemInput power supply voltageInput frequencyInput maximum apparent powerPower consumptionWith backlight offInrush currentPermissible instantaneous failure timeNoise resistanceWithstand voltageInsulation resistanceApplicable wire sizeClamp terminalTightening torque (terminalblock's terminal screws)HumansensorMemory✽5BatteryItemDetection distanceDetection rangeDetection delay timeDetection temperatureC driveLife (No. of writings)Backed up dataLifeRS-232 ✽7RS-422/485Ethernet150VA (at max. load) 110VA (at max. load) 100VA (at max. load) –64W or less38W or less46W or less32W or less28A or less(4ms, at max. load)Within 20ms (100VAC or more)39W or less30W or lessNoise voltage 1500Vp-p, noise width 1µsby noise simulator with noise frequency 25 to 60Hz1500VAC for 1 minute between power supply terminal and groundPerformance specificationsInternal clock accuracyBuilt-ininterfaceGT1665M-VTBAGT1665M-VTBDTFT color LCD(high-brightness, wide viewing angle)15MB built-in flash memory(for saving project data and OS)60W or less30W or less12A or less(75ms, at max. load)40W or less26W or less12A or less(55ms, at max. load)Emergencystop switchDisplay,touch keyPOWERLEDOperationswitches (6 switches)38W or less27W or less16W or less14W or less67A or less(1ms, at max. load)500VDC for 1 minute between power supply terminal and ground10MΩ or higher with an insulation resistance tester (500VDC between power supply terminal and ground)0.75 to 2 [mm 2 ]Clamp terminals for M3 screw RAV1.25-3, V2-S3.3, V2-N3A, FV2-N3ASpecificationGT1662-VNBAGT1655-VTBDGT1662-VNBD11MB built-in flash memory(for saving project data and OS)3.47 to 8.38 secs/day(operating ambient temperature: 25°C) ✽12––––100,000 times0.5 to 0.8 [N·m]GT1665HS-VTBDTypeTFT color LCDTFT color LCD(high-brightness, wide viewing angle)Screen size8.4" 5.7"6.5"ResolutionVGA: 640 × 480 [dots]Display size171(W) × 128(H)[mm]115(W) × 86(H)[mm] 132.5(W) × 99.4(H)[mm]No. of displayed16-dot standard font: 40 chars. × 30 lines (2-byte)Display characters12-dot standard font: 53 chars. × 40 lines (2-byte)✽1Display colors 65,536 colors16 colors65,536 colorsView angle ✽2 Right/left: 80°, Up: 80°, Down: 60° Right/left: 45°, Up/Down: 20° Up/down/right/left: 80° Right/left: 80°, Up: 60°, Down: 80°Intensity600 [cd/m 2 ] 200 [cd/m 2 ] 350 [cd/m 2 ] 550 [cd/m 2 ]Intensity adjustment 8-step adjustment 4-step adjustment8-step adjustmentLifeApprox. 43,000 hours Approx. 52,000 hours Approx. 50,000 hours Approx. 41,000 hours(operating ambient temperature: 25°C) (operating ambient temperature: 25°C) (operating ambient temperature: 25°C) (operating ambient temperature: 25°C)BacklightCold-cathode fluorescent tube (replaceable), with backlight OFF LED (not replaceable), with backlight OFF detectiondetection function. Backlight off time and screen save time can be set. function. Backlight off and screen save time can be set.Approx. 50,000 hours or more Approx. 40,000 hours or more Approx. 70,000 hours or more–Life ✽3(Time for display intensity reaches 50% at operating ambient temperature of 25°C)–TypeAnalog resistive typeTouchKey sizeMin. 2 × 2 [dots] (per key)panelNo. of simultaneous touch points✽10Simultaneous touch prohibited ✽4 (1 point only)Life ✽111,000,000 times or more (operating force 0.98N or less)15MB built-in flash memory(for saving project data and OS)-3.61 to 2.16 secs/day3.47 to 8.38 secs/day(operating ambient temperature: 25°C) ✽12 (operating ambient temperature: 25°C) ✽12GT15-BAT type lithium batteryGT11-50BAT type lithium battery GT15-BAT type lithium batteryClock data, maintenance time notification data, system log data and SRAM user area (500KB)Approx. 5 years (operating ambient temperature: 25°C)RS-232, 1chTransmission speed: 115200/57600/38400/19200/9600/4800bpsConnector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)Application: Communication with connected devices,connection to personal computer(project data read/write, OS installation, FA transparent function)RS-422/485, 1chTransmission speed: 115200/57600/38400/19200/9600/4800bpsConnector shape: 14-pin (female)Application: Communication with connected devicesData transfer system: 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T, 1chConnector shape: RJ-45 (modular jack)Application: Communication with connected devices,gateway function, connection to personal computer(project data read/write, OS installation,FA transparent function, MES interface function)RS-232, RS-422/485, 1ch,each (When using, selectone of the channels.)Transmission speed:115200/57600/38400/19200/9600/4800bpsConnector shape:Square, 42-pin (male)Application: Communicationwith connected devicesData transfer system:100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T, 1chConnector shape:Square, 42-pin (male)Application:Communication with connecteddevices, gateway function,connection to personal computer(project data read/write, OSinstallation, FA transparent function)Within 10msNoise voltage 500Vp-p, noise width 1µsby noise simulator with noise frequency 25 to 60HzGT1655-VTBDComponent namesGT1695/GT1685/GT167M/GT166M/GT1655Reset switchExtension interface(GT1655 at left side only)Video/RGB interface(excluding GT16MM-VNBM, GT1655)Optional functionboard interfaceHuman sensorGT1695,( GT1685 only)POWER LEDUSB interface(device)USB interface(host)RS-232 interfaceEthernet interfaceReset switchS.MODE(OS installation switch)Key type selector switchCF card interfaceCF card access LEDCF card access switchGT1665HS-VTBD24VDC (+10%, -15%)11.6W or less8.2W or less30A or less(2ms, at max. load)Within 5msNoise voltage 1000Vp-p,noise width 1msby noise simulator withnoise frequency 30 to 100Hz–––S.MODE(OS installation switch)CF card interfaceBattery holderCF card access LEDCF card access switchDip switch for settingterminal resistance(inside cover)Display, touch keyRS-422/485 interfacePower supply terminal✽This illustration shows GT1695.Hook for wall mountingHand strapGrip switchExternal interfaceRear face protective coverRS-232 interfaceRS-422/485 interfaceDip switch for settingterminal resistanceBattery(All inside cover)INDEXFor Designers For Initial Startup & For MaintenanceMELSEC Process Specifications,Operations PersonnelGT10 iQ PlatformControl External DimensionsList of ConnectableModels, etc.

SpecificationsGT12General specificationsPerformance specificationsDisplay1LifeBacklightTouchpanelBatteryItemTypeScreen sizeResolutionDisplay sizeNo. of displayedcharactersDisplay colorsView angle 2IntensityIntensity adjustmentLife 3ItemOperating ambienttemperatureVibration resistanceImpact resistanceOperating atmosphereOperating altitude 1Installation locationOvervoltage category 2Contamination level 3Cooling methodGroundingTypeKey sizeNo. of simultaneous7 touch pointsLife 8Detection distanceHuman Detection rangesensor Detection delay timeDetection temperatureMemory C drive5 Life (No. of writings)Backed up dataLifeRS-232 6DisplayOther than displayStorage ambient temperatureOperating ambient humidityStorage ambient humidityConformingto JIS B 3502andIEC 61131-2Under intermittentvibrationUnder continuousvibrationSpecification0°C to 50°C0°C to 55°C-20°C to 60°C10 to 90%RH, no condensation10 to 90%RH, no condensationFrequency5 to 8.4Hz8.4 to 150Hz5 to 8.4Hz8.4 to 150HzConforming to JIS B 3502 and IEC 61131-2 (147m/s 2 , 3 times each in X, Y and Z directions)No oily smoke, corrosive gas or combustible gas, less conductive dust, away from direct sunlight (the same in storage)2,000m or lowerIn control panelor lower2 or lessSelf-coolingType D grounding (100Ω or less). Connect to panel if unable to ground.GT1275-VNBAGT1275-VNBDAcceleration–9.8m/s 2–4.9m/s 2Half amplitude3.5mm–1.75mm–SpecificationTFT color LCD10.4" 8.4"VGA: 640 × 480 [dots]211.2(W) × 158.4(H) [mm]170.9(W) × 128.2(H) [mm]16-dot standard font: 40 chars. × 30 lines (2-byte)12-dot standard font: 53 chars. × 40 lines (2-byte)256 colorsRight/left: 45°, Up/down: 20°200 [cd/m 2 ]4-step adjustmentApprox. 52,000 hours (operating ambient temperature: 25°C)Cold-cathode fluorescent tube (replaceable), 1CCFL light50,000 hours or more (at standard lamp current = 6.0 [mA])40,000 hours or more (at standard lamp current = 7.0 [mA])(Time for display intensity reaches 50% at operating ambient temperature of 25˚C)Analog resistive typeMin. 2 × 2 [dots] (per key)Simultaneous touch prohibited 4Sweep count10 times each in X,Y and Z directions(1 point only)Do not use or store the GOT under direct sun light or in an environmentwith excessively high temperature, dust, humidity or vibration.GT1265-VNBAGT1265-VNBD1,000,000 times or more (operating force 0.98N or less)––––6MB built-in flash memory (for saving project data and OS)100,000 timesGT11-50BAT type lithium battery (optional)Clock data, alarm history, and recipe dataApprox. 5 years (operating ambient temperature: 25°C)RS-232, 1ch Transmission speed: 115200/57600/38400/19200/9600/4800bpsConnector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)Application: Communication with connected devices, connection to personal computer (project data read/write, OS installation, FA transparent function)RS-422/485, 1ch Transmission speed: 115200/57600/38400/19200/9600/4800bpsRS-422/485Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female)Application: Communication with connected devicesBuilt-inData transfer system: 100BASE-TX, 1ch Connector shape: RJ-45 (modular jack)interface EthernetApplication: Communication with connected devices, connection to personal computer (project data read/write, OS installation, FA transparent)USBUSB (Full Speed 12 Mbps), device 1ch Connector shape: Mini-BApplication: Connection to personal computer(project data read/write, OS installation, FA transparent function)CF cardCompact flash slot, 1ch Connector shape: TYPE Application: Data transfer, data storage, GOT startup FAT16 format: max. 2GB, FAT32 format: not usableOptional function board–Extension unit 6–Buzzer outputProtective constructionExternal dimensionsPanel cut dimensions303(W) × 214(H) × 53(D)289(W) × 200(H) [mm]Single tone (tone length adjustable)IP67f241(W) × 190(H) × 58(D)227(W) × 176(H) [mm]Weight (excl. mounting brackets)Applicable software package2.3 [kg]GT Works3 Version1.31H or later1.7 [kg]1 : On LCD screens, bright dots (permanently lit) and black dots (not to be lit) generally appear. Because the large number of display elements exist on an LCD screen, it is not possible to reduce appearance of the bright andblack dots to zero. Note that the existence of bright and black dots is a standard characteristic of LCD screens, and it does not mean that the products are defective or damaged.2 : LCD panels have characteristics of tone reversal. Note that even within the indicated view angles, the screen display may not be clear enough depending on the display color.3 : Using the GOT screen save/backlight OFF functions prevents screen burn-in and extends the backlight life.4 : An analog resistive touch display is used. When 2 points on the screen are touched simultaneously, if a switch is located the middle of the 2 points then the switch will be activated. Therefore, avoid touching 2 points on thescreen simultaneously.5 : The memory is a ROM that permits overwriting of new data without having to delete the existing data.6 : Where more than one extension unit, barcode reader, and RFID controller are used, the sum of their current consumptions should be within the current level which the GOT can supply.For the currents which the extension units, barcode reader, and RFID controller consume and the current level which the GOT can supply, see "Notes for use" (page 81).7 : If necessary, use a stylus pen meeting the following specifications.• Material: Polyacetal resin • Pen point radius: 0.8mm or more8 : When using a stylus pen, it will be 100,000 times or more (operating force 0.98N max.).Since the touch panel is a consumable product structurally, it may not be used even fewer than above, depending on the usage method and environment.–1 : Do not operate or store the GOT unit in pressurized environments wherethe pressure exceeds 0 m elevation atmospheric pressure, as this couldresult in abnormal operation.Do not pressurize inside the control panel for air purge cleaning. Thepressure could raise the surface sheet, making the touch panel difficult tooperate or causing the sheet to come off.2 : Assuming that the device is connected at some point between a publicpower distribution network and local system equipment. Categoryapplies to devices that are supplied with power from fixed equipment.The surge withstand voltage is 2,500V for devices with ratings up to300V.3 : Index that indicates the level of foreign conductive matter in the operatingenvironment of the device. Contamination level 2 denotes anenvironment contaminated only by non-conductive matter which may,under certain conditions, become temporarily conductive due tocondensation.For inquiries relating to products which conform to UL, cUL, and CEdirectives and shipping directives, please contact your local sales office.Power supply specificationsItemInput power supply voltageInput frequencyInput maximum apparent powerPower consumptionWith backlight offInrush currentPermissible instantaneousfailure timeNoise resistanceWithstand voltage 1Insulation resistance 1Applicable wire sizeClamp terminalSpecificationGT1265/75-VNBAGT1265/75-VNBD100 to 240VAC (+10%, -15%) 24VDC (+25%, -20%)50/60Hz ±5%–44VA (at max. load)–18W or less11W or less15W or less40A or less(4ms, at max. load)Within 20ms (100VAC or more)Noise voltage 1500Vp-p, noise width 1µsby noise simulator with noise frequency 25 to 60Hz1500VAC for 1 minutebetween power supply terminal and ground6W or less29A or less(2ms, at max. load)Within 10msNoise voltage 500Vp-p, noise width 1µsby noise simulator with noise frequency 25 to 60Hz500VDC for 1 minutebetween power supply terminal and ground10MΩ or higher with an insulation resistance tester (500VDC between power supply terminal and ground)0.75 to 2 [mm 2 ]Clamp terminals for M3 screw RAV1.25-3, V2-S3.3, V2-N3A, FV2-N3ATightening torque (terminal0.5 to 0.8 [N·m]block's terminal screws)1 : In DC type products, the surge absorber is connected between the power supply and the ground to avoid a malfunction dueto noise caused by the application of lightning surge.The values of the dielectric withstand voltage and insulation resistance are recorded when the surge absorber is notconnected.Component namesGT1275/GT1265POWER LEDBattery holderDip switch for settingterminal resistance(inside cover)Ethernet interfaceRS-422/485 interfaceDisplay, touch panelS.MODE(OS installation switch)CF card interfaceCF card access LEDCF card access switchUSB interfacePower supply terminalRS-232 interfaceINDEXFor Designers For Initial Startup & For MaintenanceMELSEC Process Specifications,Operations PersonnelGT10 iQ PlatformControl External DimensionsList of ConnectableModels, etc.56 57

SpecificationsGT11GT10General specificationsItemOperating ambient Displaytemperature Other than displayStorage ambient temperatureOperating ambient humidity ✽1Storage ambient humidity ✽1Vibration resistanceImpact resistanceOperating atmosphereOperating altitude ✽2Installation locationOvervoltage category ✽3Contamination level ✽4Cooling methodGroundingPerformance specificationsIntensity adjustmentLifeBacklightMemoryBatteryBuilt-ininterfaceTypeScreen sizeResolutionDisplay sizeNo. of displayed charactersDisplay colorsDisplay✽1 View angleTouchpanelContrast adjustmentIntensityLife ✽2ItemTypeNo. of touch keysKey sizeNo. of simultaneous touch pointsLifeC drive ✽3Life (No. of writings)D driveBacked up dataLifeBusRS-422/485RS-422/232RS-232USBCF cardOptional function boardBuzzer outputProtective construction ✽4External dimensions(without USB port cover)Panel cut dimensionsWeightApplicable software package✽1 :SpecificationWater bulb temperature for STN display type must be 39°C or lower.IEC 61131-2 Under continuous 5 to 8.4Hz–1.75mmmomentary conductivity may occur due to occasional–vibration8.4 to 150Hz 4.9m/s 2 –condensation.✽2 : Do not operate or store the GOT unit in pressurized environments0°C to 50°C ✽5where the pressure exceeds 0m elevation atmospheric pressure,0°C to 55°C (horizontal installation), 0°C to 50°C (vertical installation) ✽5as this could result in abnormal operation.-20°C to 60°C✽3 : Assuming that the device is connected at some point between a10 to 90%RH, no condensationpublic power distribution network and local system equipment.Category applies to devices that are supplied with power from10 to 90%RH, no condensationfixed equipment. The surge withstand voltage is 2500V for devicesFrequency Acceleration Half amplitude Sweep count with ratings up to 300V.Conforming✽4 : Index that indicates the level of foreign conductive matter in theUnder intermittent 5 to 8.4Hz–3.5mm 10 times each in X,to JIS B 3502vibration8.4 to 150Hz 9.8m/s – Y and Z directionsandoperating environment of the device. Contamination level 2denotes contamination by non-conductive matter only, though✽5 : 0 to 40°C for GT115MHSConforming to JIS B 3502 and IEC 61131-2 (147m/s 2 , 3 times each in X, Y and Z directions)✽6 : Excluding GT115MHSFree from oil mist, corrosive gases, flammable gases and excessive conductive dusts or direct sun beams (The same applies to unit storage.) ✽7 : The 5VDC type requires no grounding.2000m or lessDo not use or store the GOT under direct sun light or in an environmentIn control panel ✽6with excessively high temperature, dust, humidity or vibration.or lowerFor inquiries relating to products which conform to UL, cUL, and CE2 or lessdirectives and shipping directives, please contact your local sales office.Self-coolingType D grounding (100Ω or less). Connect to panel if unable to ground. ✽7GT1155-QTBDTFT color LCD5.7"QVGA: 320 × 240 [dots]115(W) × 86(H) [mm] (in horizontal display mode) 115(W) × 86(H) [mm] (in horizontal display mode) 115(W) × 86(H) [mm]16-dot standard font: 20 chars. × 15 lines (2-byte) 12-dot standard font: 26 chars. × 20 lines (2-byte) (in horizontal display mode)256 colorsGT1155-QSBDSTN color LCDUSB (full-speed 12Mbps), device 1ch Connector shape: Mini-BApplication: Connection to personal computer (project data read/write, OS installation, FA transparent function)Compact flash slot, 1ch Connector shape: TYPE Application: Data transfer, data storage, GOT startup FAT16 format: max. 2GB, FAT32 format: not usableFront: IP67f In panel: IP2X164(W) × 135(H) × 56(D) [mm]Monochrome (black/white)16 gray scaleGT1155-QTBDQGT1155-QTBDATFT color LCDSpecificationGT1155-QSBDQGT1155-QSBDASTN color LCDEmbedded in main unitSingle tone (tone length adjustable)Front: IP67f In panel: IP2X167(W) × 135(H) × 65(D) [mm]GT1150-QLBDQGT1150-QLBDASTN monochrome(black/white) LCDMonochrome (black/white)256 colors 256 colors16 gray scaleGT1155HS-QSBD GT1150HS-QLBDSTN monochrome(black/white) LCDMonochrome (black/white)16 gray scale• Right/left: 50°, Up: 50°, Down: 60°• Right/left: 50°,Right/left: 70°, (Hardware versions A and B) Right/left: 45°, Right/left: 70°, Right/left: 55°, Right/left: 45°, Up: 50°, Down: 60°Up: 70°, Down: 50° (In horizontal display mode) Up: 20°, Down: 40° Up: 70°, Down: 50° Up: 65°, Down: 70° Up: 20°, Down: 40° (Hardware versions A and B) Right/left: 45°,(in horizontal • Right/left: 55°, Up: 65°, Down: 70° (in horizontal (in horizontal (in horizontal (in horizontal • Right/left: 55°, Up: 20°, Down: 40°display mode) (Hardware version C or later) display mode) display mode) display mode) display mode) Up: 65°, Down: 70°(In horizontal display mode)(Hardware version C or later)–16-step adjustment–16-step adjustment• 350 [cd/m 2 ](Hardware versions A and B)• 350 [cd/m 2 ](Hardware versions A and B)400 [cd/m 2 ]• 380 [cd/m 2 ](Hardware version C or later)220 [cd/m 2 ] 400 [cd/m 2 ] 380 [cd/m 2 ] 220 [cd/m 2 ]• 380 [cd/m 2 ](Hardware version C or later)220 [cd/m 2 ]8-step adjustmentApprox. 50,000 hours (operating ambient temperature: 25°C)Cold-cathode fluorescent tube (not replaceable), with backlight OFF detection function. Backlight off time and screen save time can be set.Approx. 75,000 hours or more Approx. 54,000 hours or more Approx. 75,000 hours or more Approx. 54,000 hours or more Approx. 75,000 hours or more Approx. 54,000 hours or more(Time for display intensity reaches 50% at operating ambient temperature of 25°C)Matrix resistive type300 keys/screen (matrix consisting of 15 lines × 20 columns)Min. 16 × 16 [dots] (per key)Max. 2 points1,000,000 times or more (operating force 0.98N or less)3MB built-in flash memory (for saving project data and OS)100,000 times512KB built-in SRAM (battery backup)GT11-50BAT type lithium batteryClock data, alarm history, recipe data, time action set valuesReplacement guideline approx. 5 years (operating ambient temperature: 25°C)1ch for QCPU (Q mode)/motion controller CPU (Q series) or– 1ch for QnA/ACPU/motion controller CPU (A series)–Application: For bus connection of PLCRS-422/485, 1chTransmission speed: 115200/57600/38400/19200/9600/4800bpsConnector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female)Application: Communication with PLCsTerminal resistance ✽5 : OPEN/110Ω/330Ω(switching by terminal resistance transfer switch)–GT1150-QLBDSTN monochrome(black/white) LCDRS-232, 1chTransmission speed: 115200/57600/38400/19200/9600/4800bpsConnector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)Application: Communication with connected devices,connection to personal computer(project data read/write, OS installation, FA transparent function, etc.)– –RS-232, 1chTransmission speed: 115200/57600/38400/19200/9600/4800bpsConnector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)Application: Connection to barcode reader/personal computer(project data read/write, OS installation,FA transparent function, etc.)RS-422/232, 1ch (Select one when using.)Transmission speed: 115200/57600/38400/19200/9600/4800bpsConnector shape: Round type, 32-pin (male)Application: Communication with connected devicesRS-232, 1ch, Transmission speed: 115200/57600/38400/19200/9600/4800bpsConnector shape: Mini-DIN 6-pin (female)Application: Connection to personal computer(project data read/write, OS installation,FA transparent function, etc.)IP65f(when external connection cable is connected)176(W) × 220(H) × 93(D) [mm]153(W) × 121(H) [mm]153(W) × 121(H) [mm]–0.7 [kg] (excl. mounting brackets) 0.9 [kg] (excl. mounting brackets)1.0 [kg] (main unit only)GT Works3 Version1.31H or later–STN color LCDPower supply specificationsInput power supply voltage24VDC (+10%, -15%), ripple voltage of 200mV or lessInput frequency–Input maximum apparent power–Power consumption9.84W or less 9.36W or less 11.16W or less 9.72W or less 7.92W or less 9.84W or less 9.36W or less3.6W or less(410mA/24VDC) (390mA/24VDC) (465mA/24VDC) (405mA/24VDC) (330mA/24VDC) (410mA/24VDC) (390mA/24VDC)(150mA/24VDC)With backlight off 4.32W or less (180mA/24VDC) 5.04W or less (210mA/24VDC)4.32W or less (180mA/24VDC)2.9W or less (120mA/24VDC)Inrush current 15A or less (2ms, at max. load) 26A or less (4ms, at max. load) 15A or less (26.4V) 2msPermissible instantaneous failure timeWithin 5msWithin 10msWithin 5msNoise resistanceNoise voltage 1000Vp-p, noise width 1µs Noise voltage 500Vp-p, noise width 1µsNoise voltage 1000Vp-p, noise width 1µsby noise simulator with noise frequency 30 to 100Hz by noise simulator with noise frequency 25 to 60Hzby noise simulator with noise frequency 30 to 100HzWithstand voltage500VAC for 1 minute between power supply terminal and groundInsulation resistance10MΩ or higher with an insulation resistance tester (500VDC between power supply terminal and ground)0.14 to 1.5 [mmSingle-wire], AWG26 to AWG16 (single wire)0.14 to 1.0 [mminstallation], AWG26 to AWG16 (stranded wire)Applicable wire size0.75 to 2 [mm 2 ] ✽10.25 to 0.5 [mm 2 ], AWG24 to AWG20 (bar terminal with insulation sleeve)Two-wire 0.14 to 0.5 [mm 2 ], AWG26 to AWG20 (single wire)installation 0.14 to 0.2 [mm 2 ], AWG26 to AWG24 (stranded wire)Clamp terminalClamp terminals for M3 screw RAV1.25-3, V2-N3A, FV2-N3A ✽1AI2.5-6BU, AI0.34-6TQ, AI0.5-6WH (made by Phoenix Contact)Tightening torque (terminal0.5 to 0.8 [N·m] ✽1 0.22 to 0.25 [N·m]block's terminal screws)✽1 : Excluding GT115MHSPerformance specificationsDisplay ✽1 Display colorsBacklightTouchpanelMemoryBatteryItemItemTypeScreen sizeResolutionDisplay sizeNo. of displayedcharactersView angleContrast adjustmentIntensityLifeLife ✽2TypeNo. of touch keysKey sizeNo. of simultaneous touch pointsLifeUser memory ✽3Life (No. of writings)Backed up dataLifeRS-422/485GT1155-QTBDGT1155-QSBDGT1155HS-QSBDGT1150-QLBDGT1150HS-QLBDSpecificationGT1055-QSBD GT1050-QBBD GT1045-QSBD GT1040-QBBDSTN color LCDSTN monochrome(blue/white) LCD5.7" 4.7"QVGA: 320 × 240 [dots]115(W) × 86(H) [mm] (in horizontal display mode) 96(W) × 72(H) [mm] (in horizontal display mode)16-dot standard font: 20 chars. × 15 lines (2-byte),12-dot standard font: 26 chars. × 20 lines (2-byte) (in horizontal display mode)256 colorsRight/left: 55°,Up: 65°, Down: 70°(in horizontaldisplay mode)Monochrome (blue/white)16 gray scale16-step adjustment380 [cd/m 2 ] 260 [cd/m 2 ] 150 [cd/m 2 ] 300 [cd/m 2 ]Approx. 50,000 hours(Time for display contrast reaches 20% at operating ambient temperature of 25°C)Cold-cathode fluorescent tube (not replaceable)with backlight OFF detection function.Backlight off time and screen save time can be set.Approx. 75,000hours or moreGT1155-QTBDQGT1155-QTBDARight/left: 45°,Up: 20°, Down: 40°(in horizontaldisplay mode)Approx. 54,000hours or more(Time for display intensity reaches 50% atoperating ambient temperature of 25°C)GT1155-QSBDQGT1155-QSBDASTN color LCD256 colorsRight/left: 50°,Up: 40°, Down: 70°(in horizontaldisplay mode)Matrix resistive typeMax. 50 keys/screenMin. 16 × 16 [dots] (per key)GT1150-QLBDQGT1150-QLBDASTN monochrome(blue/white) LCDMonochrome (blue/white)16 gray scaleLED (no need to replace)Backlight off time and screen savetime can be set.Max. 2 points1,000,000 times or more (operating force 0.98N or less)Built-in flash memory for saving project data (3 MB or less) and OS100,000 timesGT11-50BAT type lithium batteryClock data, alarm history, recipe data, time action set valuesReplacement guideline approx. 5 years (operating ambient temperature: 25°C)RS-422/485, 1ch Transmission speed: 115200/57600/38400/19200/9600/4800bpsConnector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female)Application: Communication with PLCsTerminal resistance ✽5 : OPEN/110Ω/330Ω (switched by terminal resistance transfer switch)RS-232, 1ch Transmission speed: 115200/57600/38400/19200/9600/4800bpsConnector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)Built-ininterfaceRS-232Application: Communication with PLCs, connection with barcode readers,communication with personal computers(project data read/write, OS installation, transparent function)USB (full-speed 12Mbps), device 1chUSBConnector shape: Mini-BApplication: Communication with personal computer(project data read/write, OS installation, transparent function)Memory boardFor installing memory board (GT10-50FMB) 1chBuzzer outputProtective construction ✽4Single tone (tone length adjustable/none)Conforming to IP67f (front panel)External dimensionsPanel cut dimensions164(W) × 135(H) × 56(D)[mm]153(W) × 121(H)[mm]139(W) × 112(H) × 41(D)[mm]130(+1 -0)(W) × 103(+1 -0)(H)[mm]Weight (excl. mounting brackets)0.7[kg]0.45[kg]Applicable software packageGT Works3 Version1.31H or later✽1 : On LCD screens, bright dots (permanently lit) and black dots (not to be lit) generally appear.Because the large number of display elements exist on an LCD screen, it is not possible to reduce appearance of the brightand black dots to zero.Flickering may occur depending on the display colors.Note that the existence of bright and black dots is a standard characteristic of LCD screens, and it does not mean that theproducts are defective or damaged.Displaying one single screen for a long time can lead to burn-in, causing afterimages or image irregularities that could notdisappear. Use the screen saver that is effective to prevent burn-in.✽2 : Using the GOT screen save/backlight OFF functions prevents screen burn-in and extends the backlight life.✽3 : The memory is ROM that permits overwriting of new data without having to delete the existing data.✽4 : This does not guarantee protection in all users’ environments. The specification is not applied when the interface protectivecover and rear face protective cover are removed. The unit may not be used in an environment where it is exposed tosplashing oil or chemicals for a long time or it is soaked with oil mist.✽5 : In the case of GOT multi-drop connection, set the terminal resistance transfer switch on the GOT main unit according to theconnection configuration.––SpecificationRight/left: 45°,Up: 20°, Down: 40°(in horizontaldisplay mode)GT1055-QSBD GT1050-QBBD GT1045-QSBD GT1040-QBBDGT11Component namesABGT115MHS (Handy)GT105MCF card access LEDGT115M-QMBDRS-232 interfaceRS-422 interfaceGT115M-QMBDQGT115M-QMBDABus interfaceRS-232 interfaceTerminal resistance transfer switchC(inside cover)–✽ : GT115M-QMBDQ and GT115M-QMBDA do not have a reset switch.Memory boardinterfaceUSBinterfaceBatteryPower supply terminalCF card interfacePOWER LEDUSB interfaceInterface protectivecoverUSB interfaceKey type selectorswitchDisplay, touch keyPOWER LEDOperation switches(6 switches)RS-422/232interfaceBatteryPower supply terminalPOWER LEDGT104MDisplay, touch keyDisplay, touch keyCF card interfaceRS-232 interfaceEmergency stop switchHook for wallmountingNeck strap hookGrip switchCF card access switchCF card coverReset switchABMemory board interfaceUSB interfaceCRear face protectivecoverBatteryHand strapTerminal resistance transferswitch (inside cover)RS-232 interfaceRS-422 interfaceDisplay, touch keyBatteryTerminal resistance transfer switch(inside cover)58 59Power supply terminalRS-232 interfaceRS-422 interfaceINDEXFor Designers For Initial Startup & For MaintenanceMELSEC Process Specifications,Operations PersonnelGT10 iQ PlatformControl External DimensionsList of ConnectableModels, etc.

199SpecificationsExternal dimensionsPower supply specificationsItemInput power supply voltageInput frequencyInput maximum apparent powerPower consumptionWith backlight offInrush currentPermissible instantaneous failure timeNoise resistanceWithstand voltageInsulation resistanceApplicablewire sizeSingle-wireinstallationTwo-wire installationClamp terminalTightening torque (terminalblock's terminal screws)GT1030-HBDGT1030-HWDGT1030-HBD2GT1030-HWD2GT1030-HBDWGT1030-HWDWGT1030-HBDW2GT1030-HWDW2GT1020-LBDGT1020-LWDGT1020-LBD2GT1020-LWD2Specification24VDC (+10%, -15%), ripple voltage of 200mV or less2.2W or less (90mA/24VDC)1.7W or less (70mA/24VDC)GT1020-LBDWGT1020-LWDWGT1020-LBDW2GT1020-LWDW2––1.9W or less (80mA/24VDC)1.2W or less (50mA/24VDC)18A or less (26.4DCV) 1ms 13A or less (26.4DCV) 1msWithin 5msNoise voltage 1000Vp-p, noise width 1µsby noise simulator with noise frequency 30 to 100Hz500VAC for 1 minute between power supply terminal and ground10MΩ or higher with an insulation resistance tester(500VDC between power supply terminal and ground)0.22 to 0.25 [N·m]GT1030-HBL GT1020-LBLGT1030-HWL GT1020-LWLGT1030-HBLW GT1020-LBLWGT1030-HWLW GT1020-LWLW5VDC (±5%), supplied fromPLC communication cable1.1W or less (220mA/5VDC)0.6W or less (120mA/5VDC)0.14 to 1.5mm 2 , AWG26 to AWG16 (single wire), 0.14 to 1.0mm 2 , AWG26 to AWG16 (stranded wire),0.25 to 0.5mm 2 , AWG24 to AWG20 (bar terminal with insulation sleeve)0.14 to 0.5mm 2 , AWG26 to AWG20 (single wire), 0.14 to 0.2mm 2 , AWG26 to AWG24 (stranded wire)AI2.5-6BU, AI0.34-6TQ, AI0.5-6WH (made by Phoenix Contact)Do not use or store the GOT under direct sun light or in an environment withexcessively high temperature, dust, humidity or vibration.Performance specificationsColorBacklightTouchpanelMemoryBatteryBuilt-ininterfaceItemTypeScreen sizeResolutionDisplay sizeNo. of displayedcharactersDisplay ✽1Display colorsView angleContrast adjustmentIntensityIntensity adjustmentLifeGT1030-HBDGT1030-HWDGT1030-HBLGT1030-HWLGT1030-HBDWGT1030-HWDWGT1030-HBLWGT1030-HWLWGT1030-HBD2GT1030-HWD2GT1030-HBDW2GT1030-HWDW2STN monochrome (black/white) LCD4.5" 3.7"288 × 96 [dots] (in horizontal mode)160 × 64 [dots] (in horizontal mode)109.42(W) × 35.98(H)[mm](in horizontal mode)86.4(W) × 34.5(H)[mm](in horizontal mode)16-dot standard font: 36 chars. × 6 lines (1-byte) or 18 chars. × 6 lines (2-byte) (in horizontal mode)12-dot standard font: 48 chars. × 8 lines (1-byte) or 24 chars. × 8 lines (2-byte) (in horizontal mode)––––GT1020-LBDGT1020-LWDGT1020-LBLGT1020-LWLGT1020-LBD2GT1020-LWD216-dot standard font: 20 chars. × 4 lines (1-byte) or 10 chars. × 4 lines (2-byte)(in horizontal mode)Monochrome (black/white)Right/left: 30°, Up: 20°, Down: 30°(in horizontal display mode)16-step adjustment200 [cd/m 2 ] (in green) 500 [cd/m 2 ] (in white) 200 [cd/m 2 ] (in green) 500 [cd/m 2 ] (in white) 200 [cd/m 2 ] (in green) 300 [cd/m 2 ] (in white) 200 [cd/m 2 ] (in green) 300 [cd/m 2 ] (in white)8-step adjustment –Approx. 50,000 hours (Time for display contrast reaches 20% at operating ambient temperature of 25°C)FunctionStatus control (color, on/flashing/off) is available and screen save time setting can be set. PLC can control color and status of backlight based on system information.TypeMatrix resistive typeAnalog resistive typeNo. of touch keysMax. 50 keys/screenKey sizeMin. 16 × 16 [dots] (per key)Min. 2 × 2 [dots] (per key)No. of simultaneousImpossibleMax. 2 pointstouch points(If there is a switch near the center of the pressed keys, the switch may function.)Life1,000,000 times or more (operating force 0.98N or less)User memory ✽2Built-in flash memory for saving project data (1.5MB or less) and OSBuilt-in flash memory for saving project data (512KB or less), OS, alarm history, recipe data, time action set valuesLife (No. of writings)100,000 timesGT11-50BAT type lithium battery–Backed up dataClock data, alarm history, recipe data, time action set values–LifeReplacement guideline approx. 5 years (operating ambient temperature: 25°C)–GT1030-HBD/HWD, GT1030-HBDW/HWDWGT1020-LBD/LWD, GT1020-LBDW/LWDWRS-422/485, 1ch Transmission speed:RS-422/485 1ch Transmission speed:115200/57600/38400/19200/9600/4800bps115200/57600/38400/19200/9600/4800bpsConnector shape: Connecter terminal block, 9-pinConnector shape: Connector terminal block, 9-pinApplication: Communication with PLCApplication: Communication with PLCTerminal resistance ✽3 : OPEN/110Ω/330ΩTerminal resistance ✽3 : OPEN/110Ω/330Ω(switched by terminal resistance transfer switch)(switched by terminal resistance transfer switch)Forcommunicationwith PLC3-color LED(green, orange and red)(no need to replace)3-color LED(white, pink and red)(no need to replace)GT1030-HBL/HWL, GT1030-HBLW/HWLWRS-422, 1ch Transmission speed:115200/57600/38400/19200/9600/4800bpsConnector shape: Connector terminal block, 9-pinApplication: Communication with PLCFor inquiries relating to products which conform to UL, cUL, and CEdirectives and shipping directives, please contact your local sales office.3-color LED(green, orange and red)(no need to replace)3-color LED(white, pink and red)(no need to replace)RS-232, 1ch Transmission speed: 115200/57600/38400/19200/9600/4800bpsConnector shape: Connecter terminal block, 9-pinApplication: Communication with PLCSpecification3-color LED(green, orange and red)(no need to replace)GT1020-LBDWGT1020-LWDWGT1020-LBLWGT1020-LWLW3-color LED(white, pink and red)(no need to replace)GT1020-LBL/LWL, GT1020-LBLW/LWLWRS-422 1ch Transmission speed:115200/57600/38400/19200/9600/4800bpsConnector shape: Connector terminal block, 9-pinApplication: Communication with PLCComponent namesGT1030/GT10203-color LED(green, orange and red)(no need to replace)3-color LED(white, pink and red)(no need to replace)RS-232, 1ch Transmission speed: 115200/57600/38400/19200/9600/4800bpsConnector shape: Connecter terminal block, 9-pinApplication: Communication with PLCForRS-232, 1ch Transmission speed: 115200/57600/38400/19200/9600/4800bpscommunicationConnector shape: Mini DIN 6-pin (female)with personalcomputerApplication: Communication with personal computer (project data read/write, OS installation, transparent function)Buzzer outputSingle tone (tone length adjustable/none)Protective construction ✽4Conforming to IP67f (front panel)External dimensionsPanel cut dimensions145(W) × 76(H) × 29.5(D)[mm]137(W) × 66(H)[mm]113(W) × 74(H) × 27(D)[mm]105(W) × 66(H)[mm]WeightGT1030-HMD(W): 0.3kg (excl. mounting brackets)GT1020-LMD(W): 0.2kg (excl. mounting brackets)0.3kg (excl. mounting brackets)GT1030-HML(W): 0.28kg (excl. mounting brackets)GT1020-LML(W): 0.18kg (excl. mounting brackets)0.2kg (excl. mounting brackets)Applicable software packages GT Works3 Version1.31H or later (not supported GT Works2/GT Designer 2)GT Works3 Version1.31H or later✽1 : On LCD screens, bright dots (permanently lit) and black dots (not to be lit) generally appear.Because the large number of display elements exist on an LCD screen, it is not possible to reduce appearance of the bright and black dots to zero.Flickering may occur depending on the display colors.Note that the existence of bright and black dots is a standard characteristic of LCD screens, and it does not mean that the products are defective or damaged.Displaying one single screen for a long time can lead to burn-in, causing afterimages or image irregularities that could not disappear. Use the screen saver that is effective to prevent burn-in.✽2 : The memory is ROM that permits overwriting of new data without having to delete the existing data.✽3 : In the case of GOT multi-drop connection, set the terminal resistance transfer switch on the GOT main unit according to the connection configuration.✽4 : This does not guarantee protection in all users’ environments. The specification is not applied when the interface protective cover and rear face protective cover are removed.The unit may not be used in an environment where it is exposed to splashing oil or chemicals for a long time or it is soaked with oil mist.CDECDDisplay,touch keyGT1030-HBDGT1030-HWDGT1030-HBDWGT1030-HWDWGT1020-LBDGT1020-LWDGT1020-LBDWGT1020-LWDWGT1030-HBLGT1030-HWLGT1030-HBLWGT1030-HWLWGT1020-LBLGT1020-LWLGT1020-LBLWGT1020-LWLWInterface for connectionwith personal computer(RS-232)Power supply terminal –Power supply terminalRS-422 interfaceRS-422 interface,Power supply terminalRS-232 interfaceTerminal resistancetransfer switch– –EGT1030-HBD2GT1030-HWD2GT1030-HBDW2GT1030-HWDW2GT1020-LBD2GT1020-LWD2GT1020-LBDW2GT1020-LWDW2GT1020-LBDW2GT1020-LWDW2GOT main unitsExternal dimensionsGT16951028110535310 175105665661GT1655120 101029666 519016412012015239732032010 38210164120120152241175.5175.52261351354756475652120 1010120 1010Panelthickness:5mmor lessGT1685 GT167 GT1661010 227102811062120 101056566124262966 5139129601356 516711011015210 86 1010 86 1015.511217.554131624024030139732032016711011013515248659.59.5 1025210 38210GT156 GT155 GT1275GT115-QBDGT105135606167116116152120 1010Panelthickness:5mmor less1019910GT1595 GT1585 GT157GT115-QBDQGT115-QBDAGT1042301022710101029.5251010214566GT16 HandyGT103056242562145314584 1084610 214.576303252222288316263250301303252222288201 21 50 4780 or more52496584Panelthickness:1 to 4mm511010 1751019910GT126510 175 102723162045621456176501681362209303252222288183.5113 510 76 10 7.5 80 or more1019056GT11 HandyGT1020619058676 10749.5241175.5241175.5175.5226175.5226756272746584Panelthickness:1 to 4mm(Unit: mm)525249INDEXFor Designers For Initial Startup & For MaintenanceMELSEC Process Specifications,Operations PersonnelGT10 iQ PlatformControl External DimensionsList of ConnectableModels, etc.60 61

External dimensionsPanel cut dimensionsWhen the GOT is installedScreen size Type of GOT main unitGT169515"GT1595GT1685 ✽112.1"GT1585 ✽1GT167M ✽210.4"GT157M ✽2GT1275GT166M8.4"GT156MGT1265GT1655 ✽3GT155M ✽35.7"GT115M ✽3GT105M ✽34.7"GT104M4.5"GT10303.7"GT1020Product installation spacingA383.5302289227153130137105(Unit: mm)B282.52282001761211036666The GOT must have the clearances from other devices as shown in [Fig. A]. The GOT may require more distance than the dimensions shown in the tabledepending on the types of connection cables. Consider the connector dimensions and cable bending radius when designing the installation.EThickness:2 to 4mmOther deviceor control panelA +2 ✽40Panel openingWhen the CF card extension unit (mounting unit on control panel) is installedTypeABCautions when installing and uninstallingGT15-CFEX-C08SET 94.033.0When installing the CF card extension unit on the control panel, make sure that the extension unit does not interfere with the extension unitcable or the CF card interface of the GOT. Place the CF card extension unit at a distance of 25mm or more from the GOT.For installation locations, see the GT16 User's Manual (Hardware) or the GT15 User's Manual.For compatibility with GOT900 series, see ''Backward compatibility'' (page 81).GT16/GT15(Unit: mm)ItemGT1695 GT1685 GT167M GT166M GT1655 GT1595 GT1585 GT157M GT156M GT155MGOT only50 or more (20 or more) 61 or more50 or more (20 or more)50 or more (21 or more) 49 or moreWhen a bus connection unit is installed50 or more (20 or more) 50 or more (24 or more) 50 or more (33 or more) 50 or more (43 or more) 50 or more 50 or more (20 or more) 50 or more (35 or more) 50 or more (40 or more) 50 or moreWhen a serial communication unit is installed50 or more (20 or more)49 or more50 or more (20 or more)50 or more (21 or more) 49 or moreWhen a RS-422 conversion unit is installed50 or more (20 or more) 50 or more (39 or more) 50 or more (48 or more) 58 or more –50 or more (20 or more) 50 or more (39 or more) 53 or more 58 or more –When an Ethernet communication unit is installed–50 or more (20 or more)When the CC-Link communication unit (GT15-J61BT13) is installed50 or more (20 or more) 50 or more (24 or more)50 or more (20 or more)50 or more (24 or more)When a MELSECNET/H communication unit (coaxial) is installed 50 or more (20 or more) 50 or more (25 or more) 50 or more (35 or more) 64 or more 50 or more (20 or more) 50 or more (30 or more) 50 or more (35 or more) 64 or moreWhen a MELSECNET/H communication unit (optical) is installed 50 or more (20 or more) ✽1 50 or more (23 or more) ✽1 50 or more (32 or more) ✽1 50 or more (42 or more) ✽1 79 or more 50 or more (20 or more) ✽1 50 or more (23 or more) ✽1 50 or more (37 or more) ✽1 50 or more (42 or more) ✽1 79 or more ✽1When a CC-link IE Controller Network communication unit is installed50 or more (20 or more)57 or more 50 or more (20 or more) 50 or more (23 or more) 50 or more (28 or more) 57 or moreAWhen a CC-Link IE Field Network communication unit is installed50 or more (20 or more)57 or more 50 or more (20 or more) 50 or more (23 or more) 50 or more (28 or more) 57 or moreWhen a printer unit is installed50 or more (20 or more) 50 or more (29 or more)50 or more (20 or more)50 or more (29 or more)When a multimedia unit is installed50 or more (20 or more) ✽2 61 or more ✽2 70 or more ✽2 80 or more ✽2–When a video input unit is installed50 or more (20 or more) ✽2 61 or more ✽2 70 or more ✽2 80 or more ✽2 –61 or more ✽2 75 or more ✽2–When a RGB input unit is installed50 or more (20 or more) ✽350 or more (25 or more) ✽3 –50 or more (20 or more) ✽3 –When a video/RGB input unit is installed50 or more (20 or more) ✽2 ✽3 61 or more ✽2 ✽3 70 or more ✽2 ✽3 80 or more ✽2 ✽3 – 61 or more ✽2 ✽3 75 or more✽2 ✽3–When a RGB output unit is installed50 or more (20 or more) ✽3 50 or more (25 or more) ✽3 – 50 or more (20 or more) ✽3 –When a CF card unit is installed50 or more (20 or more)When a CF card extension unit is installed50 or more (20 or more) 50 or more (49 or more) 58 or more 68 or more 50 or more 50 or more (20 or more) 50 or more (49 or more) 63 or more 68 or more 97 or moreWhen an audio output unit is installed50 or more (20 or more)50 or more50 or more (20 or more)When an external input/output unit is installed50 or more (20 or more) 50 or more (29 or more) 50 or more 50 or more (20 or more) 50 or more (24 or more) 50 or more (29 or more) 58 or moreB80 or more (20 or more)CDE50 or more (20 or more)100 or more (20 or more)(When a CF card is not used)50 or more (20 or more)50 or more (20 or more) ✽4 50 or more (20 or more)(When a CF card is used)50 or more (20 or more)100 or more 50 or more (20 or more)100 or more✽1 : The distance varies depending on the cable to be used. For details, consult your local sales office.The values in the table are given for your reference only and may not reflect actual conditions.✽2 : The distances required when the coaxial cable 3C-2V (JIS C 3501) is used.✽3 : The distance varies depending on the cable to be used. When the bending radius of the cable is larger than the indicated value, keep a space appropriate to the bending radius.✽4 : When using a battery, the required dimension is greater than when using a CF card.GT12(Unit: mm)CGOT main unit A, D B When CF card When CF card Eis not used is usedGT1275GT1265GT11(Unit: mm)CGOT main unit A, D B When CF card When CF card Eis not used is usedGT1155GT115050 or more(20 or more)80 or more ✽1(20 or more)50 or more ✽2(20 or more)100 or more100 or more(20 or more)✽1 : 50 or more (20 or more) in the case of vertical installation✽2 : 80 or more (20 or more) in the case of vertical installationGT10(Unit: mm)GOT main unit A B C D EGT105MGT104M50 or more50 or more 80 or more 50 or more100 or more100 or more50 or more(20 or more)80 or more(20 or more)50 or more(20 or more)50 or more(20 or more)100 or more(20 or more ✽3 )[Fig. A]✽1 : Same dimensions as A985GOT(-V)✽2 : Same dimensions as A975/970GOT(-B)✽3 : Same dimensions as F940GOT✽4 : For the GT104M, GT1030 and GT1020, the tolerances are +1/0.CBADB +2 ✽40Cable model nameGT15-QCMBGT15-QCMBSGT15-CMNBGT15-ACMBGT15-A370CMB-S1GT15-A370CMBGT15-A1SCMBGT15-A1SCMNBGT15-CMEXSS-1 ✽1GT15-EXCNBGT15-CMBSGT15-J2C10B✽1 : GT15-CMEXSS-1 is a set consisting of GT15-EXCNB and GT15-CMBS.(See Fig. A.)[Fig. A]CON1PLC sideBus connection cablesCable length (L)0.6, 1.2, 3, 5, 10m15, 20, 25, 30, 35m1.2, 3, 5m0.6, 1.2, 3, 5m1.2, 2.5m1.2, 2.5m0.7, 1.2, 3, 5m0.45, 0.7, 3, 5m10.6, 20.6, 30.6m0.5m0.7, 1.2, 3, 5, 10, 20, 30m1mGOT sideCON2GOT sideGT15-EXCNB (Fig. 8) GT15-CMBS (Fig. 9)Cable model nameGT16-C02R4-9SGT01-C30R4-25PGT01-CMR4-25PGT01-CMR4-8PGT10-CMR4-8PGT10-CMR4-25PGT10-C10R4-8PLGT10-C02H-9SCCable model nameGT01-C30R2-6PGT01-C30R2-9SGT01-C30R2-25PGT10-C30R2-6PRS-422 cablesCable length (L)0.2m3m10, 20, 30m1, 3, 10, 20, 30m1, 3, 10, 20, 30m3, 10, 20, 30m1m0.2mRS-232 cables3m3m3m3mCable length (L)ExternaldimensionsFig. 1Fig. 1Fig. 2Fig. 3Fig. 4Fig. 5Fig. 6Fig. 7Figs. 8 & 9Fig. 8Fig. 9Fig. 10ExternaldimensionsFig. 11Fig. 12Fig. 13Fig. 14Fig. 15Fig. 16Fig. 17Fig. 18ExternaldimensionsFig. 19Fig. 20Fig. 21Fig. 22RS-485 terminal block conversion unitModel nameFA-LTBGTR4CBLMCable length (L)0.5, 1, 2mExternaldimensionsFig. 23Fig.1Fig.2Fig.3Fig.4Fig.5Fig.11Fig.12Fig.13Fig.14Fig.15Fig.164958584920 60PLC side20 60 L50Cable approx. Ø17.011.5 3211.5 32Motion controllerCPU side3535354232.516101634.514511011070LCable approx. Ø8.0Ferrite core, approx. Ø35 × 40,green holder tubeLCable approx. Ø8.0Ferrite core, approx. Ø35 × 40,green holder tubeLCable approx. Ø8.0Ferrite core, approx. Ø35 × 40,green holder tube505070Ferrite core, approx. Ø32 × 16,green holder tube503211.549GOT side60 2058A7GT-CNB side15 45.5 20038 8503000Ø716 50 L53Ø750 L40Ø6Ø25 × 3353 1630 L 40Ø7 Ø25 × 3325030 L 53Ø7Ø5LCable approx. Ø10Ø25 × 3325095Ferrite core, approx. Ø35 × 40,red holder tubeFig.17 30 1000 3825016131621555513Ø1355Fig.6Fig.7Fig.8Fig.9Fig.10Fig.18Fig.19Fig.20Fig.21Fig.22Fig.2349493511.54911.5223511.55032PLC side11.532PLC sideCON1100A0J2-PW side352133110160LCable approx. Ø8.0 110Ferrite core, approx. Ø35 × 40,green holder tube1000 FG cable500Cable approx. Ø9.033 LFG cable160Cable approx. Ø9.052LCable approx. Ø8.0Ferrite core, approx. Ø35 × 40,green holder tube1000Cable approx. Ø8.05070Ferrite core, approx. Ø35 × 40,green holder tube60 20A7GT-CNB sideGOT sideCON2110Ferrite core, approx. Ø35 x 40,blue holder tube16 50 300053Ø632 11.549GOT side16 50 300050Ø6(Unit: mm)5875 20.5GOT side16 50 300040 13Ø7Ø20 × 2830 3000 408 35L200 45.5 15Approx. Ø30Ø8.1Approx. 48200Ø71850294760(Unit: mm)1649332.516551151335Ø13INDEXFor Designers For Initial Startup & For MaintenanceMELSEC Process Specifications,Operations PersonnelGT10 iQ PlatformControl External DimensionsList of ConnectableModels, etc.GT1030GT102050 or more(20 or more ✽1 )50 or more(20 or more)50 or more(20 or more)50 or more80 or more(20 or more ✽2 )30✽1 : 50 or more when a RS-232/USB conversion adapter is used.✽2 : 80 or more when a personal computer connection cable is used or when a personal computer RS-232interface is used for connecting multiple GOTs.50 or more when a RS-232 interface is used for using an RS-232/USB conversion adapter.✽3 : 80 or more when using a USB cable or a memory board.Ø7Ø25 × 33Ø13Dimensions shown in parentheses apply when there are no devices nearby (contactor, etc.) which produce radiated noise or heat. Even with these dimensions, however, the ambient temperature mustnever exceed 55°C.Depending on the unit and cable being used, a cable length longer than dimension A (or dimension D for the GT10) in above [Fig. A] may be required.62 63

988688RS-232RS-4228External dimensionsProduct nameStandard model of bus connection unit forQCPU (Q mode)/motion controller CPU (Q Series)Standard model of bus connection unit forQnA/ACPU/motion controller CPU (A Series)Thin model of bus connection unit forQCPU (Q mode)/motion controller CPU (Q Series)Thin model of bus connection unit forQnA/ACPU/motion controller CPU (A Series)RS-232 serial communication unit(D-sub 9-pin (male))RS-422/485 serial communication unit(D-sub 9-pin (female))RS-422/485 serial communication unit(terminal block)1ch2ch1ch2ch1ch2ch1ch2chRS-422 RS-232→RS-422 conversion unit (9-pin)conversion unit RS-232→RS-422 conversion unit (25-pin)Bus extension connector boxBus connector conversion boxMELSECNET/HOptical loop unitcommunication unit Coaxial bus unitCC-Link IE Controller Network communication unitCC-Link IE Field Network communication unitCC-Link communication unit Intelligent device station unitEthernet communication unitSerial multi-drop connection unitConnector conversion adapterCC-Link interface unitOptional unitsModel nameGT15-QBUSGT15-QBUS2GT15-ABUSGT15-ABUS2Communication units/optional unitsCommunication units/bus extension connector boxesBusconnectionunitSerialcommunicationunitPrinter unitMultimedia unitVideo input unitRGB input unitVideo/RGB input unitRGB output unitCF card unitCF card extension unitAudio output unitExternal input/output unitA2.52.54.54.5B12111511C31.52929.531D–33.5–31Model nameGT15-QBUSGT15-QBUS2GT15-ABUSGT15-ABUS2GT15-75QBUSLGT15-75QBUS2LGT15-75ABUSLGT15-75ABUS2LGT15-RS2-9PGT15-RS4-9SGT15-RS4-TEGT15-RS2T4-9PGT15-RS2T4-25PA9GT-QCNBA7GT-CNBGT15-J71LP23-25GT15-J71BR13GT15-J71GP23-SXGT15-J71GF13-T2GT15-J61BT13GT15-J71E71-100GT01-RS4-MGT10-9PT5SGT11H(S)-CCLExternaldimensionsFig. 1Fig. 2Fig. 1Fig. 2Fig. 3Fig. 3Fig. 3Fig. 3Fig. 4Fig. 4Fig. 5Fig. 6Fig. 6Fig. 7Fig. 8Fig. 9Fig. 10Fig. 11Fig. 12Fig. 13Fig. 14Fig. 15Fig. 16Fig. 17✽3 : Dimension X when GOT is installed✽3DimensionGOT main unit factor100 or more XType of GOTY (main unit factor)GT1695-2GT1595-0.5GT1685, GT1585-3.5GT167M, GT157M-0.5GT166M, GT1655, GT156M, GT155M1.5(Unit: mm)Option factor for communication units / option unitsModel nameZ (option factor)GT15-CFCD, GT15-CFEX-C08SET20.5GT16M-V4, GT16M-R2, GT16M-V4R1, GT16M-ROUT,GT15V-75V4, GT15V-75R1, GT15V-75V4R1, GT15V-75ROUT,GT15-QBUS, GT15-QBUS2, GT15-ABUS, GT15-ABUS2,GT15-RS2-9P, GT15-RS4-9S, GT15-RS4-TE, GT15-J71LP23-25,21.5GT15-J71E71-100, GT15-J71BR13, GT15-J61BT13, GT15-PRN,GT15-DIO, GT15-DIOR, GT15-SOUTGT16M-MMR, GT15-J71GP23-SX, GT15-J71GF13-T235.5Calculation of dimension X(Unit: mm)One-layer configuration: Y (main unit factor) + Z (option factor)Two-layer configuration: Y (main unit factor) + Z (option factor) + Z (option factor)Three-layer configuration: Y (main unit factor) + Z (option factor) + Z (option factor) + Z (option factor)✽4 : Dimension A for each communication unit63 GOT main unitModel name A Fig.25Fig.26 633GT15-75QBUSLGT15-75QBUS2LGT15-75ABUSL2.52.542.52.5GT15-75ABUS2L 4✽5 : Dimension X when GOT is installedØ18XXFor GT16 For GT1515"12.1"10.4"8.4", 5.7"6.55810Product nameHandy GOT connector conversion box✽1 : The connector shape varies depending on the model.✽2 : Dimensions A to D for each communication unitOther device1st stage2nd stage3rd stageGOT main unit15", 10.4"12.1"8.4", 5.7"851030.521.522398513110Model nameGT15-PRNGT16M-MMRGT16M-V4GT15V-75V4GT16M-R2GT15V-75R1GT16M-V4R1GT15V-75V4R1GT16M-ROUTGT15V-75ROUTGT15-CFCDGT15-CFEX-C08SETGT15-SOUTGT15-DIORGT15-DIOGT11H-CNB-37SGT16H-CNB-42S✽330.521.57ExternaldimensionsFig. 18Fig. 19Fig. 20Fig. 21Fig. 20Fig. 21Fig. 20Fig. 21Fig. 22Fig. 22Fig. 23Fig. 24Fig. 25Fig. 26Fig. 26Fig. 27Fig. 28299811210.5✽363 3 GOT main unitGOT main unitFig.1 Fig.2 133 3Fig.330.5GOT main unitFig.4 63 3 63 3 GOT main unitFig.5 Fig.6Fig.7 20 89.7Fig.8 Mounting holeFig.948 155 20Fig.10Fig.13Fig.16Fig.19Fig.22Fig.23Fig.271825602.521.52.530.521.511798 7(12)30.521.528Panel cutUnit: mm46.72.5C31.598107B7 981121339When F type connector is fitted10898330.521.5128982344351059830.521.51051.8482.52.563911131338133133XXAGOT main unit3178.54 drilled holesØ3.518 82 37.518 19.5X✽1✽2✽330.5Fig.11Fig.14Fig.17Fig.20Fig.24107982.521.5DCBXA✽1✽2✽3Fig.12Fig.15Fig.18Fig.21(Unit: mm)57✽129.5✽3 ✽3 ✽164.2GOT main unit32031.511GOT main unit1.3 30634319148.557.5X36 22✽3✽3GOT main unit24X86 4632111✽326GOT main unit3XX38✽3✽32.530.521.571.5From baseunit1209830.5152.521.54.252344352.512 9811711.539.5 4.2563GT16M-V4R1 shown.10529.530.510521.5 981.8724 64(Mounting pitch)2.5808Fig.286321133133398112715.5818 18 34 26 1985±0.54-R3 or less(opening)GOT sideX80To busconnection unitGOT main unit92(Mountingpitch) 17GOT main unit3X23.511.5X126 2 501.377±0.5X✽3✽3GOT main unit387+1,0 (opening)19.58.59861+1.0 (opening)panel cut39X684 drilled holesØ5±0.5102483893114.5710898(3)30.521.52.430.521.5105982.530.521.520.5When connectoris fitted1119862443519137133GOT main unitA17.5XGOT main unit32.5 X63589.549.510113628.51336031313.518 18 34 26 19✽1✽3 GT15V-75V4R1 shown.562.52490728021Control panel side55940.5GOT main unit52XGOT main unit319.58.562.5X✽1✽4✽544.5✽3GOT main unit133 357653110X✽3✽3✽1✽314 32✽3126List of connectable modelsThe GOT1000 series allows connection to Mitsubishi PLCs and a variety of other FA devices.Mitsubishi PLCs/Motion controllers/Safety controllers/ C controllersSeriesModelnameQ00JCPUQ00CPU ✽6Q01CPU ✽6Q02CPU ✽6Q02HCPU ✽6MELSEC-Q06HCPU ✽6Q seriesQ12HCPU ✽6(Q mode)Q25HCPU ✽6Q02PHCPUQ06PHCPUQ12PHCPUQ25PHCPURedundant system Q12PRHCPU(main base) Q25PRHCPURedundant system Q12PRHCPU(extension base) Q25PRHCPUQ00UJCPUQ00UCPUQ01UCPUQ02UCPUQ03UDCPUQ04UDHCPUQ06UDHCPUQ10UDHCPUQ13UDHCPUQ20UDHCPUQ26UDHCPUQ03UDECPUQ04UDEHCPUQ06UDEHCPUQ10UDEHCPUQ13UDEHCPUQ20UDEHCPUQ26UDEHCPUQ50UDEHCPUQ100UDEHCPUMELSEC-QS series QS001CPUMELSEC- Q02CPU-AQ series Q02HCPU-A(A mode) Q06HCPU-AL02CPUMELSEC- L26CPU-BTL series L02CPU-PL26CPU-PBTMELSEC- WS0-CPU0WS series WS0-CPU1C controller Q12DCCPU-V ✽21Q2ACPUMELSEC- Q2ACPU-S1QnA series Q3ACPU(QnACPU type) Q4ACPUQ4ARCPUQ2ASCPUMELSEC-Q2ASCPU-S1QnA seriesQ2ASHCPU(QnASCPU type)Q2ASHCPU-S1A2UCPUA2UCPU-S1A3UCPUA4UCPUA2ACPUA2ACPUP21A2ACPUR21A2ACPU-S1A2ACPUP21-S1A2ACPUR21-S1A3ACPUMELSEC- A3ACPUP21A series A3ACPUR21(AnCPU type) A1NCPUA1NCPUP21A1NCPUR21A2NCPUA2NCPUP21A2NCPUR21A2NCPU-S1A2NCPUP21-S1A2NCPUR21-S1A3NCPUA3NCPUP21A3NCPUR21Bus connection✽2 ✽25✽7✽7✽9CPU directconnection✽18✽18✽18✽18✽19✽18✽18✽20✽18✽19✽18✽18✽11✽18Connection configurationGT16/GT15/GT12/GT11Computer link✽18✽18✽18✽18✽22✽5✽18MELSECNET/H✽1✽1 : Supported by the GT16 and GT15 only. (GT16 Handy can be connected only through Ethernet.)✽2 : When connecting multiple GOTs, note that the following GOT models cannot be used together: GOT1000 series,GOT-A900 series, GOT800 series and A77GOT.✽3 : When MELSECNET/H is used in NET/10 mode, the GOT terminal cannot be connected directly to a remote I/O station.✽4 : CC-Link (ID): Connected as CC-Link (intelligent device station)CC-Link (via G4): Connected to a CC-Link system via AJ65BT-G4-S3 or AJ65BT-R2N✽5 : When using A series computer link or an Ethernet module with a QnACPU, only the device ranges within AnACPUspecifications are supported. The following devices cannot be monitored:• Devices that have been newly added to the QnACPU• Latch relays (L) and step relays (S)(In the QnACPU, the latch relay (L) and step relay (S) are separate devices from the internal relay (M), but theinternal relay is nonetheless accessed when either a latch relay or step relay is specified.)• File register (R)MELSECNET/10✽1 ✽3✽8✽8CC-Link IEController Network ✽1CC-Link IEField Network ✽1CC-Link (ID)✽1 ✽4CC-Link (via G4)✽4Ethernet✽24✽5For details of connection configurations, see the GOT1000 Series Handbook and the GOT1000 Series Connection Manual.CPU directconnection✽18✽18✽18✽19✽18✽18✽20✽18✽19✽18✽18✽18✽11✽18GT10Computer link✽18✽18✽18✽18✽22✽5✽18✽5✽18CC-Link (via G4)✽4SeriesMELSEC-A series(AnSCPUtype) ✽10MELSEC-A series ✽10MotioncontrollerCPU(Q series)MotioncontrollerCPU(A series)(large type)ModelnameA2USCPUA2USCPU-S1A2USHCPU-S1A1SCPUA1SCPUC24-R2A1SHCPUA2SCPUA2SCPU-S1A2SHCPUA2SHCPU-S1A1SJCPUA1SJCPU-S3A1SJHCPUA0J2HCPUA0J2HCPUP21A0J2HCPUR21A0J2HCPU-DC24A2CCPUA2CCPUP21A2CCPUR21A2CCPUC24A2CCPUC24-PRFA2CJCPU-S3A1FXCPUQ172CPU ✽13Q173CPU ✽13Q172CPUN ✽13Q173CPUN ✽13Q172HCPUQ173HCPUQ172DCPUQ173DCPUQ172DCPU-S1Q173DCPU-S1Q170MCPUMR-MQ100A273UCPUA273UHCPUA273UHCPU-S3A373UCPUA373UCPU-S3✽12✽15✽18✽11✽18✽18✽11✽18✽18✽15✽18✽18✽14✽18✽14✽18✽18A171SCPUA171SCPU-S3MotionA171SCPU-S3NcontrollerA171SHCPUCPUA171SHCPUN(A series)✽17A172SHCPU(small type)A172SHCPUN✽10A173UHCPUA173UHCPU-S1FX0SFX0NFX1SFX1NMELSEC- FX1NCFX series FX2N✽18✽18FX2NCFX3GFX3UFX3UCMELSEC QJ72LP25-25NET/HQJ72LP25Gremote I/O station QJ72BR15CC-Link IE FieldLJ72GF15-T2Network head unitCC-Link IE Field NetworkNZ2GF-ET8Ethernet adaptor unit✽6 : Use CPU function version B or later in a multi-CPU system.✽7 : When using a bus extension connector box, it must be installed on an extension base. (It cannot be installed on the main base.)✽8 : Use function version B or later for the CPU and MELSECNET/H network unit.✽9 : In a Q4ARCPU redundant system, the GOT must be connected via bus connection to the last stage's redundantsystem extension base A68RB version B or later.✽10 : Computer link unit software version U or later must be used for the A2SCPU, A2SHCPU, A1SHCPU, A1SJHCPU,A0J2HCPU, A171SHCPU and A172SHCPU computer link connections.A0J2-C214-S1 (dedicated computer link unit for A0J2HCPU) cannot be used.✽11 : Only the following software version or later can be used to write data to the AnNCPU(S1), A2SCPU, A0J2HCPU andA2CCPU. Earlier versions cannot be used.• AnNCPU(S1): Version L or later for CPUs with link, and version H or later for CPUs without link• A2SCPU: Version H or later• A0J2HCPU (with/without link) : Version E or later• A0J2HCPU-DC24: Version B or later• A2CCPU: Version H or later✽12 : Cannot connect to bus if an extension base is connected.✽13 : Use of SV13, SV22 or SV43 requires a motion controller with the following OS version installed.SW6RN-SV13QM : 00H or later (00E or later in the case of bus connection or CPU direct connection with Q172CPU or Q173CPU)SW6RN-SV22QM : 00H or later (00E or later in the case of bus connection or CPU direct connection with Q172CPU or Q173CPU)SW6RN-SV43QM : 00B or later✽14 : Only a USB interface is available on the CPU unit. The CPU can be accessed via RS-232 of the QCPU of amulti-CPU system.✽15 : Use a unit with the following Serial No.Q172CPU Serial No. K✽✽✽✽✽✽✽ or later Q173CPU Serial No. J✽✽✽✽✽✽✽ or later✽16 : Use a unit with the following Serial No.Q172CPU Serial No. N✽✽✽✽✽✽✽ or later Q173CPU Serial No. M✽✽✽✽✽✽✽ or later✽17 : When an expansion base is used, use A168B.✽18 : Applicable to GOT multi-drop connection. If a large number of devices are monitored on a GOT, the device updatingcycles on the screen may be delayed. (In general, it is recommended to monitor up to 250 device points per GOT, up to750 device points in total)The GT11 Handy is not applicable to GOT multi-drop connection.✽19 : Access these units through multi-CPU, QCPU (RS-232).✽20 : L6ADP-R2 is required.✽21 : Use Q12DCCPU-V having a serial number (first five digits) "12042" or later.✽22 : Use C24 serial port controlled by another CPU in a multi-CPU system.✽23 : Monitoring is possible only for the PLC CPU.✽24 : Supported by the GT16, GT15, and GT12 only.✽25 : Supported by the GT16, GT15, and GT11 only.Connectable to a broad range of product lines.Bus connection✽2 ✽25CPU directconnectionConnection configurationGT16/GT15/GT12/GT11Computer link✽16✽18✽18✽18MELSECNET/H✽1MELSECNET/10✽1 ✽3CC-Link IEController Network ✽1CC-Link IEField Network ✽1✽18✽11✽18✽18✽11✽18✽18✽16 ✽16✽16 ✽16 ✽16 ✽16 ✽16 ✽18 ✽18 ✽1664 65✽23CC-Link (ID)✽1 ✽4CC-Link (via G4)✽4Ethernet✽24CPU directconnection✽18✽14✽18✽14✽18✽18GT10Computer link✽18✽18CC-Link (via G4)✽4INDEXFor Designers For Initial Startup & For MaintenanceMELSEC Process Specifications,Operations PersonnelGT10 iQ PlatformControl External DimensionsList of ConnectableModels, etc.

List of connectable modelsFor details of connection configurations, see the GOT1000 Series Handbook and the GOT1000 Series Connection Manual.The GOT1000 series allows connection to Mitsubishi PLCs and a variety of other FA devices.Modules usable when connected with Mitsubishi PLCsFor computer link connectionCPU seriesMELSEC-Q series(Q mode)Motion controller CPU(Q series)MELSECNET/H remote I/OstationMELSEC-L SeriesCC-Link IE Field Network head unitMELSEC-Q series (A mode)MELSEC-QnA seriesMELSEC-A seriesMotion controller CPU(A series)MELSEC-Q series (A mode)MELSEC-A seriesMotion controller CPU (A series)MELSEC-FX seriesSerial communication module/computer link module ✽1Model name CH1 CH2QJ71C24QJ71C24-R2QJ71C24NQJ71C24N-R2QJ71C24N-R4QJ71CMOQJ71CMONLJ71C24LJ71C24-R2A1SJ71UC24-R2A1SJ71UC24-R4AJ71QC24AJ71QC24-R2AJ71QC24-R4AJ71QC24NAJ71QC24N-R2AJ71QC24N-R4A1SJ71QC24A1SJ71QC24-R2A1SJ71QC24NA1SJ71QC24N-R2A1SJ71QC24N1A1SJ71QC24N1-R2AJ71UC24A1SJ71UC24-R2A1SJ71UC24-R4AJ71UC24A1SJ71UC24-R2A1SJ71UC24-R4A1SJ71C24-R2A1SJ71C24-R4A1SCPUC24-R2A2CCPUC24✽2✽2✽3✽3✽4✽4✽4✽4✽4✽4✽4✽4✽4✽4✽4 ✽6✽6✽6✽4 ✽5✽5✽5✽5 ✽6✽5 ✽6✽5✽4MELSEC-Q series (Q mode) ✽1MELSEC-QS seriesC controllerMELSEC-Q series (Q mode) ✽1MELSEC-QS seriesC controllerCPU seriesCPU seriesMELSEC-QnA seriesMELSEC-Q series (A mode)MELSEC-A seriesMotion controller CPU (A series)CPU seriesMELSEC-Q series (Q mode)MELSEC-QS seriesC controllerMELSECNET/H moduleOptical loopCoaxial busQJ71LP21QJ71BR11QJ71LP21-25QJ71LP21S-25QJ71LP21-25QJ71LP21S-25MELSECNET/H (NET/10 mode), MELSECNET/10 moduleOptical loopCoaxial busQJ71LP21QJ71BR11QJ71LP21-25QJ71LP21S-25QJ71LP21-25QJ71LP21S-25AJ71QLP21AJ71QLP21SAJ71LP21A1SJ71LP21A1SJ71QLP21A1SJ71QLP21SAJ71QBR11A1SJ71QBR11AJ71BR11A1SJ71BR11CC-Link IE Controller Network communication unitQJ71GP21-SX ✽1QJ71GP21S-SX ✽1For CC-Link (ID) connection✽1 : RS-485 communication is not possible; therefore, ✽2 : With function version A, either CH1 or CH2 can beA0J2-C214-S1 is unusable.connected. With function version B or later, bothCPU seriesCC-Link unitWhen using A series computer link with QnACPU,CH1 and CH2 can be connected.MELSEC-Q series (Q mode) QJ61BT11only the device ranges within AnACPU specifications ✽3 : Only CH2 can be connected.are supported.✽4 : Either CH1 or CH2 can be connected.C controllerQJ61BT11NCPU series Ethernet module ✽1The following devices cannot be monitored:✽5 : When connecting to A1SHCPU, A2SCPU(S1),MELSEC-L seriesLJ61BT11• Devices that have been newly added to the QnACPU A2SHCPU(S1), A1SJHCPU, A0J2HCPU,AJ61QBT11MELSEC-QnA series• Latch relays (L) and step relays (S)A171SHCPU(N) or A172SHCPU(N), use computer linkA1SJ61QBT11(In the QnACPU, the latch relay (L) and step relaymodule software version U or later.✽1(S) are separate devices from the internal relay ✽6 : Computer link module/serial communicationMELSEC-Q series (A mode) AJ61BT11 ✽1(M), but the internal relay is nonetheless accessed module operate within the range of devicesMELSEC-A seriesA1SJ61BT11 ✽1when either a latch relay or step relay is specified.) available on AnACPU. (R devices cannot beMotion controller CPU (A series)• File register (R)used.)✽1 : GOT can communicate only with CC-Link units function version B or later and software version J or later.For CC-Link (via G4) connection ✽1CPU series CC-Link unit Peripheral device unitMELSEC-Q series (Q mode) QJ61BT11AJ65BT-G4-S3C controllerQJ61BT11NAJ65BT-R2NMELSEC-L seriesLJ61BT11For Ethernet connection✽1 : GT11 and GT10 can monitor only the master station.MELSEC-Q series (Q mode)/MELSEC-QS series QJ71E71-100 QJ71E71-B5 QJ71E71-B2 QJ71E71AJ71QE71N3-T AJ71QE71N-T AJ71QE71-B5 A1SJ71QE71N-B2 A1SJ71QE71-B5MELSEC-QnA seriesAJ71QE71N-B5 AJ71QE71N-B5T A1SJ71QE71N3-T A1SJ71QE71N-T A1SJ71QE71-B2AJ71QE71N-B2 AJ71QE71 A1SJ71QE71N-B5 A1SJ71QE71N-B5TInvertersModel nameFREQROL-S500/S500EFREQROL-E500FREQROL-F500/F500LFREQROL-F500JFREQROL-A500/A500LFREQROL-V500/V500LFREQROL-E700FREQROL-F700FREQROL-A700FREQROL-D700FREQROL-F700P/F700PJServo amplifiersSeriesMELSERVO-J3 seriesMELSERVO-J2-SuperseriesMELSERVO-J2M seriesRobot controllersModel nameMR-J3-MAMR-J3-MTMR-J2S-MAMR-J2S-MCPMR-J2S-MCLMR-J2M-P8AMR-J2MMDUAJ71E71N3-TAJ71E71N-B5AJ71E71N-B2FX3U-ENET (-L)RS-232RS-232RS-232RS-232RS-422/485Modular connectorModular connectorRS-232RS-232RS-232RS-422/485RS-232RS-232RS-422RS-232RS-232RS-422RS-232RS-232RS-232RS-232RS-232RS-232RS-232RS-232RS-422/485RS-232RS-232RS-422/485RS-232RS-422/485RS-232RS-232AJ71E71N-TAJ71E71N-B5TAJ71E71-S3RS-422/485RS-232RS-422/485RS-232RS-422/485RS-232RS-232RS-422/485RS-232––RS-422/485RS-232RS-422/485RS-422/485RS-232RS-422/485RS-422/485RS-232RS-422/485RS-232RS-422/485RS-232RS-422/485––RS-422/485–––––RS-422/485The GOT can be connected to Mitsubishi inverters to set theirparameters and display alarms.A1SJ71E71N3-TA1SJ71E71N-B5A1SJ71E71N-B2GT16/GT15/GT12/GT11/GT10RS-422RS-232The GOT can be connected to Mitsubishi servo amplifiersto set their parameters and display alarms.GT16/GT15/GT12/GT11/GT10RS-422RS-232The GOT can be used to monitor Mitsubishi robotcontrollers and set their parameters.GT16/GT15/GT12/GT11Connection configurationController name BusCPU direct ComputerMELSEC MELSEC CC-Link IE CC-Link IE CC-LinkControllerCC-Link Ethernetconnectionconnection linkNET/H NET/10 Network Field Network (ID)(via G4) ✽6✽7✽1 ✽1 ✽2 ✽1 ✽1 ✽1 ✽3CRnQ-700✽4✽5CRnD-700✽1 : Supported by the GT16 and GT15 only. (GT16 Handy can be connected only through Ethernet.)✽2 : Supported only when MELSECNET/H is used in NET/10 mode. The GOT terminal cannot be connected to a remote I/O net.✽3 : CC-Link (ID): Connected as CC-Link (intelligent device station).✽4 : The CRnQ-700 can be accessed via RS-232 of the QCPU of a multi-CPU system.✽5 : The CRnQ-700's DISP I/F cannot be used. Access the controller via the Ethernet module or the Ethernet port of theQCPU of a multi-CPU system.✽6 : Supported by the GT16, GT15, and GT12 only.✽7 : Supported by the GT16, GT15, and GT11 only.For MELSECNET/H connection✽1 : Use CPU and MELSECNET/H network unit function version B or later.For MELSECNET/10 connection✽1 : Use CPU and MELSECNET/H network unit function version B or later.For CC-Link IE Controller Network connection✽1 : In the extension mode, use a CPU with the first 5 digits of the serial No. are 12052 or higher.For CC-Link IE Field Network connectionCPU seriesCC-Link IE Field Network communication unitMELSEC-Q series (Q-mode) QJ71GF11-T2C controllerMELSEC-L seriesLJ71GF11-T2A1SJ71E71N-TA1SJ71E71N-B5TCNCMELDASC6/C64ModelnameFCA C6FCA C64A1SJ71E71-B5-S3A1SJ71E71-B2-S3The GOT can be used to monitor Mitsubishi CNC C70 and C6/C64 and to settheir parameters.SeriesBusCPU directconnectionconnection✽7CNC C70 Q173NCCPU✽5✽4✽4✽4✽4✽1 : Supported by the GT16 and GT15 only. (GT16 Handy can be connected only through Ethernet.)✽2 : When MELSECNET/H is used in NET/10 mode, the GOT terminal cannot be connected directly to a remote I/O station.✽3 : CC-Link (ID): Connected as CC-Link (intelligent device station).✽4 : Use NC system software version D0 or later.✽5 : Only a USB interface is available on the Q173NCCPU.The Q173NCCPU can be accessed via RS-232 of the QCPU of a multi-CPU system.✽6 : Supported by the GT16, GT15, and GT12 only.✽7 : Supported by the GT16, GT15, and GT11 only.Units usable when connected with MELDAS C6/C64For MELSECNET/10 connectionMELSECNET/H (NET/10 mode), MELSECNET/10 moduleSeriesOptical loopCoaxial busMELDAS C6/C64 FCU6-EX879 FCU6-EX878For CC-Link (ID) connectionSeriesMELDAS C6/C64For Ethernet connectionGT16/GT15/GT12/GT11Connection configurationMELSEC MELSEC CC-Link IE CC-Link IE CC-LinkControllerNET/H NET/10 Network Field Network (ID)✽1 ✽1 ✽2 ✽1 ✽1 ✽1 ✽3Computerlink✽1 : When using an A series Ethernet with QnACPU, only the deviceranges within AnACPU specifications are supported except forthe following devices.• Devices that have been newly added to the QnACPU• Latch relays (L) and step relays (S)(In the QnACPU, the latch relay (L) and step relay (S) areseparate devices from the internal relay (M), but the internalrelay is nonetheless accessed when either a latch relay orstep relay is specified.)• File register (R)FCU6-HR865CC-Link unitCC-Link Ethernet(via G4) ✽6SeriesEthernet moduleMELDAS C6/C64FCU6-EX875✽ : Applicable GOT varies depending on the connection destination.GT16 ... When connected via RS-232, RS-422/485 or Ethernet : All models (Use the built-in interface of the GOT main unit.)When connected via ports other than above : All models (Bus connection and network connection are enabledby mounting a communication unit on the GOT main unit.)GT15 ... When connected via RS-232 : All models (Use the built-in interface of the GOT main unit.)When other than RS-232: All models (Bus connection and network connection are enabledby mounting a communication unit on the GOT main unit.)GT12 ... When connected via RS-232, RS-422/485 or Ethernet : All models (Use the built-in interface of the GOT main unit.)GT11 ... When connected via RS-232 or RS-422 : GT115M-QMBDWhen using bus connection: GT115M-QMBDQ, GT115M-QMBDAHandy GOT ... When connected via RS-232, RS-422/485 or Ethernet : GT1665HS-VTBDWhen connected via RS-232 or RS-422 : GT115MHS-QMBDGT10 ... When connected via RS-232 : GT105M-QMBD, GT104M-QMBD, GT1030-HMD2/HMDW2,GT1020-LMD2/LMDW2When connected via RS-422 : GT105M-QMBD, GT104M-QMBD, GT1030-HMD/HMDW,GT1030-HML/HMLW, GT1020-LMD/LMDW, GT1020-LML/LMLW(The GT1030-HML/HMLW and GT1020-LML/LMLW can be usedonly with the MELSEC-FXCPU.)Third party PLCs/Motion controllers/Safety controllersOMRONKEYENCEKOYODirectLOGICELECTRONICS05 seriesINDUSTRIES✽1Sharp ManufacturingSystems✽1JTEKT✽1ManufacturerSYSMAC CPMSYSMAC CQM1SYSMAC CPQ1HSYSMAC CJ1SYSMAC CJ2SYSMAC CP1SYSMAC C200HSSYSMAC C200HSYSMAC αSYSMAC CS1SYSYMAC C1000HSYSYMAC C2000HSYSMAC CVM1/CVKOSTAC SUseriesPZ seriesDirectLOGIC205 seriesDirectLOGIC06 seriesTOYOPUCseriesCPM1CPM2ACPM2CCQM1CQM1HCJ1HCJ1GCJ2HCJ2MCP1HCP1E (N type)C200HSC200HC200HXC200HGCS1HCS1GC1000HC2000HCV500Model nameCPM1ACJ1MCP1L✽13C200HECS1DCV2000CV1000 CVM1KV-700 KV-3000KV-1000KV-5000 KV-5500SU-5E SU-5MSU-6B SU-6MPZ3D2-240D2-250-1 D2-260D0-05AA D0-05DDD0-05AD D0-05DD-DD0-05AR D0-05DRD0-05DA D0-05DR-DD0-06DD1 D0-06AAD0-06DD2 D0-06DD1-DD0-06DR D0-06DD2-DD0-06DA D0-06DR-DD0-06ARJW-21CU JW-50CUHJW-31CUHJW-22CU JW-70CUHJW-32CUH JW-100CUHJW-33CUH JW-100CUZ-512JPC3JG-P-CPU PC3JG-CPUPC3J-CPU PC3JL-CPUPC2JC-CPU PC2J16PR-CPUPC2J16P-CPUPC2J-CPU PC2JR-CPUPC2JS-CPUT2 (PU224)T2ET2NPROSECT seriesT3T3Hmodel 3000 (S3)TOSHIBA✽1PROSEC model 2000 (S2)V series model 2000 (S2T)model 2000 (S2E)Unified controller nv series PU811TC3-01 TC6-00TOSHIBA TCmini seriesTC3-02 TC8-00MACHINERobot controller TS2000 TS2100H-302 H-4010Large-sized H H-702 H-300seriesH-1002 H-700H-2002 H-2000H-200 H-252BH-200 to 252HitachiH-250 H-252CseriesIndustrialH-252EquipmentH-20DR H-28DTSystemsH-28DR H-40DTH series✽1H-40DR H-64DTboard typeH-64DR HL-40DRH-20DT HL-64DREH-150 seriesS10VLQP510LQP520EH-CPU104 EH-CPU308EH-CPU208 EH-CPU316HitachiLQP800 LQP011✽1S10mini LQP000 LQP120LQP010Fuji Electric FAF55F140SComponents MICREX-F F70F15MS& Systems ✽1F120SFP0-C16CT FP1-C24CFP0-C32CT FP1-C40CFP0RFP2FP5Panasonic Electric Works FP2SH FP10 (S)FP3FP10SHFP-M (C20TC) FP-ΣFP-M (C32TC)FP-XGL120GL130GL60SGL60HGL70HCP-9200SHCP-9300MSMP920YASKAWA Electric✽10MP930MP940PROGIC-8CP-9200 (H)CP-312CP-317MP2200MP2300FA500FA500F3SP05 F3SP08F3SP10F3SP20 F3SP30F3FP36YokogawaFA-M3F3SP21 F3SP38Electric✽10F3SP25 F3SP53F3SP35 F3SP58F3SP28 F3SP59F3SP66 F3SP67STARDOM NFCP100 NFJT100GT16/GT15/GT12/GT11/GT10Computer link connection CPU direct connection EthernetconnectionRS-422 RS-232 RS-422 RS-232 ✽9✽3✽3✽3✽3✽4✽4✽4✽3✽3✽3✽3✽2✽14✽13✽4✽4✽4The GOT can be connected with third party PLCs through RS-232 communication at up to 115.2kbps or Ethernet.✽12✽12✽11Allen-Bradley(RockwellAutomation,Inc)GE FanucAutomationCorporation✽1LS IndustrialSystemsSchneiderElectric SASICK AGSiemens AGManufacturerSLC500 series✽5MicroLogix 1000 series(digital CPU)✽5✽6✽7MicroLogix 1000 series(analog CPU) ✽5MicroLogix 1200 seriesMicroLogix 1500 seriesControlLogix seriesCompactLogix seriesFlexLogix seriesSeries 90-30Series 90-70VersaMax MicroK300SK200SK120SK80SModiconPremiumModiconQuantumModel nameSLC500-20SLC500-30SLC500-40SLC5/01SLC5/02SLC5/03SLC5/04SLC5/051761-L10BWA1761-L10BWB1761-L16AWA1761-L16BWA1761-L16BWB1761-L16BBB1761-L32AWA1761-L32BWA1761-L32BWB1761-L32BBB1761-L32AAA1761-L20AWA-5A1761-L20BWA-5A1761-L20BWB-5A✽5 1762-L24BWA✽5 1764-LSP1756-L1756-L1M11756-L1M21756-L1M31756-L611756-L621756-L631756-L55M121756-L55M131756-L55M141756-L55M161756-L55M221756-L55M231756-L55M241769-L311769-L32E1769-L32C1769-L35E1769-L35CR1794-L331794-L34IC693CPU311IC693CPU313IC693CPU323IC693CPU350IC693CPU360IC693CPU363IC693CPU366IC693CPU367IC693CPU374IC697CPU731IC697CPX772IC697CPX782IC697CPX928IC697CPX935IC697CPU780IC697CGR772IC697CGR935IC697CPU788IC697CPU789IC697CPM790IC200UAA003IC200UAR014IC200UDD104IC200UDD112IC200UDR001IC200UDR002IC200UDR003IC200UAL004IC200UAL005IC200UAL006IC200UAA007IC200UAR028IC200UDD110IC200UDD120IC200UDD212IC200UDR005IC200UDR006IC200UDR010IC200UDD064IC200UDD164IC200UDR164IC200UDR064K4P-15SK3P-07MSK7M-DMMMUK7M-DMMMS (/DC)TSX P57 203MTSX P57 253MTSX P57 303MTSX P57 353MTSX P57 453M140 CPU 311 10140 CPU 434 12U140 CPU 534 14U140 CPU 651 50140 CPU 651 60140 CPU 671 60140 CPU 113 02140 CPU 113 03140 CPU 434 12A140 CPU 534 14AFlexi Soft seriesSIMATIC S7-200 seriesSIMATIC S7-300 seriesSIMATIC S7-400 series✽1 : The GT10 cannot be connected.✽2 : The GOT cannot be connected to the CQM1-CPU11because it does not have an RS-232 interface.✽3 : RS-422 or RS232 is selectable.✽4 : RS-232/RS-422 converter (TXU-2051) is required.✽5 : Connection to the DH485 network via an adapter (1770-KF3) is possible.✽6 : Connection to the DH485 requires a C-Series or laterCPU. (B-Series and earlier models do not support theDH485 protocol.)✽7 : A one-to-one connection requires a D-Series or laterCPU. (C-Series and earlier models do not support theDF1 half-duplex format.)GT16/GT15/GT12/GT11/GT10Computer link connection CPU direct connection EthernetconnectionRS-422 RS-232 RS-422 RS-232 ✽9✽1✽1✽1✽1✽11✽8 : EtherNet/IP (PCCC protocol) is supported.✽9 : Supported by the GT16, GT15, and GT12 only.✽10 : The GT10 is applicable only to the following models:CP-9200SH, MP920, MP930, MP940, MP2200,MP2300.✽11 : Only MODBUS ® /TCP connection is supported. Use aMODBUS/TCP communication driver.✽12 : Not applicable to duplex Ethernet✽13 : CPU units with 20 points or less of CP1E (N type) canbe connected only directly to CPU.✽14 : Only the CJ2M-CPU1M can be connected.66 67✽8✽8✽8INDEXFor Designers For Initial Startup & For MaintenanceMELSEC Process Specifications,Operations PersonnelGT10 iQ PlatformControl External DimensionsList of ConnectableModels, etc.

List of connectable modelsThird party PLCs/Motion controllers/Safety controllersModules usable when connected with a third party computer link and Ethernet modulesManufacturer RS-422RS-232 EthernetC200H-LK202-V1C500-LK201-V1CQM1-SCB41CJ1W-SCU41CJ1W-SCU21-V1+CP1W-EXT01CS1W-SCB41C200HW-COM03/06CP1W-CIF11CP1W-CIF12CJ1W-CIF11CS1W-ETN21CS1D-ETN21DCJ1W-ETN21OMRONHost link unit/communication unit/communication board/Ethernet unitKEYENCEKV-L20RMulti-communication unit KV-L20KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES U-01DMData communication module/ D2-DCMserial data communication module D0-DCMSharp Manufacturing SystemsLink unitJTEKTLink unitTOSHIBA Ethernet unitHitachi Industrial Equipment SystemsIntelligent serial port moduleHitachiCommunication moduleJW-21CMJW-10CMTHU-2755THU-2927COMM-HCOMM-2HLQE565LQE165RS-232CFuji Electric interface cardFA RS-232C/485 FFK120A-C10Components interface capsule& Systems General interface NC1L-RS4module FFU120BPanasonic Electric WorksComputer communication unitYASKAWA ElectricMEMOBUS module/communication moduleAFPX-COM3KV-L20VTHU-5139JAMSC-120NOM27100JAMSC-IF612217IF217IF-01Yokogawa ElectricLC02-0NPersonal computer link module/ F3LC11-2NEthernet interface moduleAllen-Bradley (Rockwell Automation, Inc.)EtherNet/IP communication moduleGE Fanuc Automation Corporation IC693CMM311Communication module IC697CMM711LS IndustrialSystemsCnet communication unitCnet communication moduleSchneider Electric SAEthernet unitManufacturerX-SELSSELPCONACONSCONG7L-CUECG6L-CUECZW-10CMG4L-CUEAC200H-LK201-V1C500-LK201-V1CS1W-SCU21CS1W-SCB21/41CJ1W-SCU21-V1CJ1W-SCU21-V1+CP1W-EXT01CJ1W-SCU41C200HW-COM02/05/06CQM1-CIF01/02CQM1-SCB41CPM1-CIF01CPM2C-CN111CPM2C-CIF01-V1CP1W-CIF01KV-L20RKV-L20U-01DMD2-DCMD0-DCMCOMM-HCOMM-2HLQE560LQE060NV1L-RS2FFK120A-C10NC1L-RS2FFU120BAFP2462AFP3462AFP5462JAMSC-IF60JAMSC-IF61CP-217IFLC01-0NLC02-0NF3LC01-1NKV-L20VLQE160AFPX-COM1AFPX-COM2AFPX-COM4217IF217IF-01218IF-01F3LC11-1NF3LC11-1FF3LC12-1FIC693CMM311IC697CMM711G7L-CUEBG6L-CUEB G4L-CUEAEN811218IF218IF-01F3LE01-5TF3LE11-0TF3LE12-0T1756-ENBT1756-ENETTSX ETY 4102TSX ETY 5102140 NOE 771 00140 NOE 771 10140 NWM 100 00Servo amplifiers The GOT can be used to set parameters and display alarms.PanasonicManufacturerRobot controllersIAIModel nameMINAS A4 seriesMINAS A4F seriesMINAS A4L seriesMINAS A5 seriesTemperature controllers/Indicating controllersOMRONShinkoTechnosManufacturerThermac NEOIn-Panel NEOACS-13A seriesDCL-33A seriesJC seriesJCM-33A seriesFCR-100 seriesFCD-100 seriesFCR-23A seriesPC-900 seriesThe GOT can be used to monitor robot controllers andset their parameters.GT16/GT15/GT12/GT11/GT10Model nameRS-422RS-232XSEL-J/K/KEXSEL-P/QXSEL-KT/KETXSEL-JX/KXXSEL-KTXXSEL-PX/QXSSELPCON-C/CG/CF/CYPCON-SEPCON-PL/POACON-C/CG/CYACON-SEACON-PL/POSCON-CModel nameE5AN/E5ENE5CNE5GNE5ZNACS-13A M/M,M,C5 8DCL-33A-M/M,M,C5 8JCS-33A-M/MM,C5 8JCR-33A-M/MM,C5 8JCD-33A-M/MM,C5 8JCM-33A-M/M,MC5 8FCR-13A-M/M,CFCR-15A-M/M,CFCD-13A-M/M,CFCD-15A-M/M,CFCR-23A-M/M,CPC935-M/M,CPC935-M/M,C5 8PC955-M/M,CPC955-M/M,C5 8PCD-33A-M/M,C5 8GT16/GT15/GT12/GT11RS-485RS-232GT16/GT15/GT12/GT11RS-485 RS-422 RS-232 Ethernet 9CHINOFuji ElectricSystemsYAMATAKEYokogawaRKCInstrumentManufacturerLT300 seriesLT400 seriesDZ1000 seriesDZ2000 seriesLT230 seriesLT830 seriesGT120 seriesDB1000 seriesDB2000 seriesKP seriesAL3000 seriesAH3000 seriesSE3000 seriesJU seriesKE seriesLE5000 seriesMicroController XSDCDMCNXGREEN seriesUT100 seriesUT2000 seriesUTAdvanced seriesSR Mini HGSRZCBFBRBPFHARMCMAAGTHVSASRXModel nameLT350, LT370LT450, LT470DZ1000 7DZ2000 7LT230LT830GT120DB1000DB2000KP1000KP2000AL3000AH3000SE3000JUKE3000LE5000PXR PXR3/4/5/9PXG PXG4/5/9PXH PXH9SDC20/21SDC30/31SDC40A/40B/40GSDC15SDC25/26SDC35/36DMC10DMC50NX-D15NX-D25UT320/321UT350/351UT420UT450UT520UT550/551UT750UP350/351UP550UP750UM330/331UM350/351US1000UT130UT150UT152UT155UP150UT2400UT2800UT32A/UT35AUT52A/UT55AUP35A/UP55AUM33AH-PCP-JH-PCP-A, H-PCP-B 7Z-TIO, Z-DIO, ZCTCB100/400/500 7CB700/900 7FB100FB400/900RB100/400/500/700/900PF900/901HA400/401/900/901RMC500MA900/901AG500THV-A1SA100/200X-TIOGT16/GT15/GT12/GT11RS-485 RS-422 RS-232 Ethernet 9(2-wire type)1(2-wire type)1(2-wire type)1(4-wire type)(2-wire type)1(4-wire type)(2-wire type) 1101(2-wire type/4-wire type)(2-wire type) 1(4-wire type)1(2-wire type/4-wire type)(2-wire type) 1(2-wire type) 16(2-wire type) 1(2-wire type) 11 : Supported by the GT16 and GT15 only. Not supported by the GT16 Handy.GT16: Use RS-422/485 interface or GT15-RS4-TE. GT-15-RS4-9S is not applicable.GT15: Use GT15-RS4-TE. GT-15-RS4-9S is not applicable.2 : If the temperature controller/indicating controller is designed for RS-485, use the RS-232/RS-485 converter supplied by the manufacturer.3 : If the temperature controller/indicating controller is designed for RS-422, use the RS-232/RS-422 converter supplied by the manufacturer.4 : Only indicating controllers with RS-232 serial communication function can be connected.5 : Use a communication extension module (Z-COM).6 : Use a communication extension module (Z-COM) depending on the temperature controller system configuration.7 : Select a model name that supports the MODBUS ® communication function.8 : Connection is possible to products manufactured after October, 2010 (Instrument Nos. 07Axxxxxx, 07Kxxxxxx,07Xxxxxxx, and subsequent Nos.)9 : Supported by the GT16, GT15, and GT12 only.10 : Only MODBUS ® /RTU connection is supported. Use a MODBUS/RTU communication driver.11 : Only MODBUS ® /TCP connection is supported. Use a MODBUS/TCP communication driver.Connection to all MODBUS ® /RTU and MODBUS ® /TCP slave devicesMODBUS ® is possible by using the MODBUS/RTU communication driver or thedevices MODBUS/TCP communication driver.(For the GT11 and GT10, only MODBUS ® / RTU connection is supported.)For details regarding operation-verified MODBUS ® devices, refer to Technical BulletinNo. GOT-A-0037 (List of Valid Devices Applicable for GOT1000 Series MODBUS ® Connection).Microcomputer connectionData can be written to and read from virtual devices on aGOT by connecting a personal computer, microcomputerboard, PLC, etc. to the GOT. : Applicable GOT varies depending on the connection destination.GT16 ... When connected via RS-232, RS-422/485 or Ethernet : All models (Use the built-in interface of the GOT main unit.)When connected via ports other than above : All models (Bus connection and network connection are enabled bymounting a communication unit on the GOT main unit.)GT15 ... When connected via RS-232 : All models (Use the built-in interface of the GOT main unit.)When other than RS-232: All models (Bus connection and network connection are enabled bymounting a communication unit on the GOT main unit.)GT12 ... When connected via RS-232, RS-422/485 or Ethernet : All models (Use the built-in interface of the GOT main unit.)GT11 ... When connected via RS-232 or RS-422 : GT115M-QMBDWhen using bus connection: GT115M-QMBDQ, GT115M-QMBDAHandy GOT ... When connected via RS-232, RS-422/485 or Ethernet : GT1665HS-VTBDWhen connected via RS-232 or RS-422 : GT115MHS-QMBDGT10 ... When connected via RS-232 : GT105M-QMBD, GT104M-QMBD, GT1030-HMD2/HMDW2,GT1020-LMD2/LMDW25232222222221111The GOT1000 series allows connection to Mitsubishi PLCs and a variety of other FA devices.GT SoftGOT1000 Version3 Connectable Device List[PLCs/motion controllers]Mitsubishi PLCs and motion controllersSeriesMELSEC-Q series(Q mode)Redundant system(main base)Redundant system(extension base)MELSEC-QS seriesMELSEC-Q series(A mode)MELSEC-L seriesMELSEC-WS seriesC controllerMELSEC-QnA series(QnACPU type)MELSEC-QnA series(QnASCPU type)MELSEC-A series(AnCPU type) 10MELSEC-A series(AnSCPU type) 10MELSEC-Aseries 10Motioncontroller CPU(Q series)Motioncontroller CPU(A series/large type)Motioncontroller CPU 10(A series/small type)MELSEC-FXseriesMELSECNET/Hremote I/O stationModel nameQ00JCPUQ00CPU 3Q01CPU 3Q02CPU 3Q02HCPU 3Q06HCPU 3Q12HCPU 3Q25HCPU 3Q02PHCPUQ06PHCPUQ12PHCPUQ25PHCPUQ12PRHCPUQ25PRHCPUQ12PRHCPUQ25PRHCPUQ00UJCPUQ00UCPUQ01UCPUQ02UCPUQ03UDCPUQ04UDHCPUQ06UDHCPUQ10UDHCPUQ13UDHCPUQ20UDHCPUQ26UDHCPUQ03UDECPUQ04UDEHCPUQ06UDEHCPUQ10UDEHCPUQ13UDEHCPUQ20UDEHCPUQ26UDEHCPUQ50UDEHCPUQ100UDEHCPUQS001CPUQ02CPU-AQ02HCPU-AQ06HCPU-AL02CPUL26CPU-BTL02CPU-PL26CPU-PBTWS0-CPU0WS0-CPU1Q12DCCPU-V 16Q2ACPU (-S1)Q3ACPUQ4ACPUQ4ARCPUQ2ASCPU (-S1)Q2ASHCPUQ2ASHCPU-S1A2UCPU (-S1)A3UCPUA4UCPUA2ACPU (-S1)A2ACPUP21 (-S1)A2ACPUR21 (-S1)A3ACPUA3ACPUP21A3ACPUR21A1NCPUA1NCPUP21A1NCPUR21A2NCPU (-S1)A2NCPUP21 (-S1)A2NCPUR21 (-S1)A3NCPUA3NCPUP21A3NCPUR21A2USCPU (-S1)A2USHCPU-S1A1SCPUA1SCPUC24-R2A1SHCPUA2SCPU (-S1)A2SHCPU (-S1)A1SJCPU (-S3)A1SJHCPUA0J2HCPUA0J2HCPUP21A0J2HCPUR21A0J2HCPU-DC24A2CCPUA2CCPUP21A2CCPUR21A2CCPUC24A2CCPUC24-PRFA2CJCPU-S3A1FXCPUQ172CPU (N)Q173CPU (N)Q172HCPUQ173HCPUQ172DCPU (-S1)Q173DCPU (-S1)Q170MCPU 13A273UCPUA273UHCPU (-S3)A373UCPU (-S3)A171SCPU (-S3)A171SCPU-S3NA171SHCPU (N)A172SHCPU (N)A173UHCPU (-S1)FX0SFX0NFX1SFX1NFX1NCFX2NFX2NCFX3GFX3UFX3UCQJ72LP25-25QJ72LP25GQJ72BR15CC-Link IE FieldLJ72GF15-T2Network head unitCC-Link IE Field NetworkNZ2GF-ETBEthernet adaptor unit 15CPU seriesMELSEC-Q series (Q mode)MELSEC-Q series (A mode)MELSEC-L series/CC-Link IE Field NetworkCPU direct Computerconnection linkUSBconnection777777USBconnection881444Connection configurationMELSECNET/ MELSECNET/ CC-Link IE CC-Link IEEthernetH 110 2 Controller Network Field Network55 6 12Modules usable when connected with Mitsubishi PLCsFor computer link connection For details of connection configurations, see the GOT1000 Series Handbook and the GOT1000 Series Connection Manual.55 6Serial communication module/computer link moduleQJ71C24(-R2)/QJ71C24N(-R2)/QJ71CMO(N)A1SJ71UC24-R2/A1SJ71C24-R2LJ71C24 (-R2)AJ71QC24(-R2)/AJ71QC24N(-R2)/A1SJ71QC24(-R2)/A1SJ71QC24N(-R2)AJ71C24-S8/AJ71UC24/A1SJ71C24-R2/A1SJ71UC24-R244For MELSECNET/H and MELSECNET/10 connectionUse a network unit applicable to the network board used for GT SoftGOT1000. The network boards that can be used withGT SoftGOT1000 are shown on the right. Q80BD-J71BR11 (coaxial loop), Q80BD-J71LP21-25 (optical loop) andQ80BD-J71LP21G (optical loop)For CC-Link IE Controller Network connectionUse a network unit applicable to the network board used for GT SoftGOT1000. The network boards that can be used withGT SoftGOT1000 are shown on the right. Q80BD-J71GP21-SX and Q80BD-J71GP21S-SXFor CC-Link IE Field Network connectionUse a network unit applicable to the network board used for GT SoftGOT1000. The network boards that can be used withGT SoftGOT1000 are shown on the right. Q81BD-J71GF11-T2For Ethernet connectionCPU seriesEthernet moduleMELSEC-Q series (Q mode)/MELSEC-QS series QJ71E71-100/QJ71E71-B5/QJ71E71-B2/QJ71E71AJ71QE71N3-T/AJ71QE71N-B5/AJ71QE71N-B2/AJ71QE71N-T/AJ71QE71N-B5T/AJ71QE71/AJ71QE71-B5/A1SJ71QE71N3-T/MELSEC-QnA seriesA1SJ71QE71N-B5/A1SJ71QE71N-B2/A1SJ71QE71N-T/A1SJ71QE71N-B5T/A1SJ71QE71-B5/A1SJ71QE71-B2AJ71E71N3-T/AJ71E71N-B5/AJ71E71N-B2/AJ71E71N-T/MELSEC-Q series (A mode)/AJ71E71N-B5T/AJ71E71-S3/A1SJ71E71N3-T/A1SJ71E71N-B5/MELSEC-A series/A1SJ71E71N-B2/A1SJ71E71N-T/A1SJ71E71N-B5T/Motion controller CPU (A series) A1SJ71E71-B5-S3/A1SJ71E71-B2-S3MELSEC-FX seriesFX3U-ENET (-L) : Only the device ranges within AnACPU specifications are supported.Third party PLCsConnection configurationManufacturer Model nameCPU direct connection (RS-232) Computer link (RS-232) EthernetMicro PLC CPM2ASmall-sizeC200HXC200HGCQM1CQM1HCS1HCS1GPLCCS1DOMRONCJ1H18CJ1GCJ1MCJ2HCJ2M17Large-sizeCP1E (N type)CV500CV1000PLC CV2000Yaskawa ElectricCVM1GL120GL130GL60SGL60HGL70HCP-9200SHCP-9300MSMP920MP930MP940PROGIC-8CP-9200 (H)MP2200MP2300F3SP05 F3SP38F3SP08 F3SP53F3FP36 F3SP58Yokogawa ElectricF3SP21 F3SP59F3SP25 F3SP66F3SP35 F3SP67F3SP28Modules usable when connected with PLCs made by the OMRON CorporationFor Ethernet connectionEthernet unitMEMOBUS module/communication moduleCS1W-ETN21, CS1D-ETN21D, CJ1W-ETN21Modules usable when connected with PLCs made by the Yaskawa Electric CorporationFor computer link connectionFor Ethernet connectionCommunication moduleEthernet interface module[CNCs] Mitsubishi CNCsJAMSC-IF60, JAMSC-IF61, CP-217IF, 217IF-01, 217IF, 218IF-01218IF, 218IF-01Modules usable when connected with PLCs made by the Yokogawa Electric CorporationFor Ethernet connectionSeriesCNC C70MELDAS C6/C64Model nameQ173NCCPUFCA C6FCA C64F3LE01-5T, F3LE11-0T, F3LE12-0TCPU direct Computerconnection link11CPU seriesMELDAS C6/C64[Robot] Mitsubishi Industrial RobotsCPU directconnection ComputerlinkConnection configurationMELSECNET/ CC-Link IE CC-Link IEEthernet10 2 Controller Network Field NetworkMELSECNET/H 1Usable units when connected to the MELDAS C6/C64For Ethernet connectionConnection configurationMELSECNET/ CC-Link IE CC-Link IEEthernet10 2 Controller Network Field Network19PCD-300 series(2-wire type)When connected via RS-422 : GT105M-QMBD, GT104M-QMBD, GT1030-HMD/HMDW,MELSEC-QnA series[MODBUS ® GT1030-HML/HMLW, GT1020-LMD/LMDW, GT1020-LML/LMLWdevices]FIR seriesFIR-201-M,C(The GT1030-HML/HMLW and GT1020-LML/LMLW can be usedMELSEC-A seriesConnection to all MODBUS ® /TCP slave devices is possible by using the MODBUS/TCP communication driver.68 2only with the MELSEC-FXCPU.) : Only RS-232 communication is possible.For details regarding operation-verified MODBUS ® devices, refer to Technical Bulletin No. GOT-A-0037 (List of 69JIR-301-M seriesJIR-301-MM,C5 8The GOT can be used to log data,set parameters, and display alarms.(2-wire type) 1(2-wire type) 1(2-wire type) 11(2-wire type) 1224CRnQ-700CRnD-700Controller name911MELSECNET/H 1Ethernet moduleFCU6-EX8751 : Connection configuration for network type MELSECNET/H mode and MELSECNET/H extension mode (PC-to-PC net).2 : Connection configuration for network type MELSECNET/10 mode (PC-to-PC net).(Including the case where the mode is switched from MELSECNET/H to MELSECNET/10 (PC-to-PC net))3 : For multi-CPU configuration, use the CPU function version B or later.4 : When using a computer link module for A series or an Ethernet module with QnACPU, GT SoftGOT1000 cannot monitorthe module.5 : Use the PLC CPU and MELSECNET/H network module function version B or later.6 : Use the driver (SW0DNC-MNETH-B) of version K or later for the MELSECNET/H board.7 : Only the following software version or later can be used to write data to the AnNCPU(S1), A2SCPU, A0J2HCPU andA2CCPU. Earlier versions cannot be used.• AnNCPU(S1): Version L or later for a CPU with link, and version H or later for a CPU without link• A2SCPU: Version H or later • A0J2HCPU: Version E or later• A0J2HCPU-DC24: Version B or later • A2CCPU: Version H or later8 : When connected with GT SoftGOT1000, the CPUs cannot be connected simultaneously with other MELSOFT products(GX Developer, etc.).9 : Use a MELDAS C6/C64 of the following NC system software version.• NC system software version D0 or later10 : Computer link unit software version U or later must be used for the A2SCPU, A2SHCPU, A1SHCPU, A1SJHCPU,A0J2HCPU, A171SHCPU and A172SHCPU computer link connection.A0J2-C214-S1 (computer link unit for A0J2HCPU) cannot be used.11 : Accessing Q173NCCPU, CRnQ-700 must be performed via USB or RS-232 of QCPU in the multi-CPU system.12 : MELSECNET/H extension mode cannot be used.13 : Only the PLC unit (No.1) of Q170MCPU can be connected. The peripheral I/F cannot be used.14 : For connection through RS-232, L6ADP-R2 is required.15 : Host station monitoring is not possible.16 : Use a CPU with the first 5 digits of the serial No. are 12042 or higher.17 : Only the CJ2M-CPU1M can be connected.18 : Not applicable to duplex Ethernet19 : The CRnQ-700's DISP I/F cannot be used. Access the controller via the Ethernet module or the Ethernet port of the QCPUof a multi-CPU system.Valid Devices Applicable for GOT1000 Series MODBUS ® Connection).9INDEXFor Designers For Initial Startup & For MaintenanceMELSEC Process Specifications,Operations PersonnelGT10 iQ PlatformControl External DimensionsList of ConnectableModels, etc.

Function listGT16Hardware specificationsScreen designCategoryConnection configurationMain unit functionsMemoryDisplay colorsResolutionBuilt-in interfaceOthersSpecificationsGT15GT12GT SoftGOTMitsubishi PLC bus connectionMitsubishi PLC CPU direct connectionMitsubishi PLC computer link connectionMitsubishi PLC MELSECNET/H connectionMitsubishi PLC MELSECNET/10 connectionMitsubishi PLC CC-Link IE Controller Network connectionMitsubishi PLC CC-Link IE Field Network connectionMitsubishi PLC CC-Link connection(ID station/via G4)Mitsubishi PLC Ethernet connectionThird party PLC connectionMicrocomputer connectionMODBUS ® /RTU connectionMODBUS ® /TCP connectionTemperature controller connectionInverter connectionServo amplifier connectionCNC connectionRobot controller connectionGOT multi-drop connectionStandard memory capacityTotal memory capacity when usingRequired2optional memory (standard + optional) (GT15 only)65,536 colors4,096 colors256 colors16 colorsMonochrome (black/white) 16 gray scalesMonochrome (black/white) 2 colorsMonochrome (blue/white) 16 gray scales1920 × 1200 dots (WUXGA) (max. at specified resolution)1600 × 1200 dots (UXGA)1280 × 1024 dots (SXGA)1024 × 768 dots (XGA)800 × 600 dots (SVGA)640 × 480 dots (VGA)320 × 240 dots (QVGA)288 × 96 dots160 × 64 dotsRS-232 interfaceRS-422 interfaceRS-422/232 interfaceRS-422/485 interfaceBus interfaceEthernet interfaceUSB interfaceGraphicdrawingFunction1USB hostUSB deviceBMP image displayJPEG image displayDXF dataIGES dataOptional functionboard2Extended/optional functionOS installation 2Othernecessarydevices10103CF cardDetails pageP.65P.49P.52~P.52~GT16GT1695M GT1685M GT1675M GT1675M GT167M GT1665M GT1665M GT1662-XTBMXGA-STBMSVGA-STBMSVGA-VTBMVGA-VNBMVGA-STBMSVGA-VTBMVGA-VNBMVGA15" 12.1" 10.4" 10.4" 10.4" 8.4" 8.4" 8.4"15MBUp to57MB51 : The function details, such as the number of settings and the data storage destination, vary depending on the model.2 : An optional function board may be required depending on the model, function version or hardware version of the GOT main unit. The optional function board to be used varies depending on the required function. For details, see"Notes for use" (page 81).For the GT10 and GT SoftGOT1000, it is unnecessary to install an optional function board or the extended/optional function OS.3 : Necessary optional units, CF cards and USB memory devices other than the optional function board are shown. Parenthesized devices will be required depending on conditions of use. For details, see "Notes for use" (page 81).4 : For details, see "GT10" (page 48), "Handy GOT" (page 24) and "GT SoftGOT1000" (page 26).5 : The RS-232 interface can be used as an RS-422 interface by connecting an RS-422 conversion unit.6 : Structural restrictions are applied.7 : Only user alarms can be used.GT1655-VTBDVGA5.7"CF card interfaceOptional function board interfaceExtension interface2ch 2ch 2ch 2ch 2ch 2ch 2ch 2ch 1chMultimedia & Video/RGB interfaceVideo/RGB interfaceVertical displayClock function(Battery)Buzzer outputP.52~Human sensorPrinterRequired (Printer unit) P.33CF card unit/CF card unit (CF card extension unit)CF cardextension unitSound outputRequired Sound output unitExternal input/External input/outputRequired output unitVideo/RGBVideo input / RGB input / RGB outputRequiredP.32unitUSB mouse/keyboard connectionRequiredP.34Backlight OFF detection functionRequired2Start from CF card(GT15 only) CF cardProject data read/write(CF card/USB memoryResource data read)FA transparent functionP.39Required2Multi-channel functionP.33(GT15 only)Up to 4ch Up to 4ch Up to 4ch Up to 4ch Up to 4ch Up to 4ch Up to 4ch Up to 4ch Up to 4chGateway functionRequired (CF card) P.35MES interface functionRequired 2 Required (CF card) P.35SoftGOT-GOT link functionRequiredP.27, 34(CF card/File transfer function (FTP client)Required USB memory)P.34Base screen, window screenDialog window displayP.3715MBUp to57MB515MBUp to57MB515MBUp to57MB511MBUp to53MBGT1675-VNBM onlyGT1672-VNBM only515MBUp to57MB515MBUp to57MB511MBUp to53MB515MBUp to57MBModelGT1665HS-VTBDVGA 46.5"Via G4 only15MBUp to57MB6Up to 4chGT1595-XTBMXGA15"9MBUp to57MB52chUp to 4chGT15GT12GTGT1585(V) GT1575(V) GT1575 GT157M GT1565 GT1562 GT155M GT1275 GT1265 SoftGOT-STBM -STBM -VTBM -VNBM -VTBM -VNBM -MMBD -VNBM -VNBM 1000SVGA SVGA VGA VGA VGA VGA VGA/QVGA VGA VGA Version312.1" 10.4" 10.4" 10.4" 8.4" 8.4" 5.7" 10.4" 8.4" 49MBUp to57MB52ch9MBUp to57MB52chGT1585V only GT1575V onlyGT1585V only GT1575V only9MBUp to57MB52ch5MBUp to53MBGT1572-VNBM only52ch9MBUp to57MB52ch5MBUp to53MBUp to 4ch Up to 4ch Up to 4ch Up to 4ch Up to 4ch Up to 4ch Up to 2ch Up to 2ch Up to 2ch13 1352ch9MBUp to57MBGT1555-MTBD onlyGT1555-QSBD onlyGT1550-QLBD onlyGT1555-VTBD onlyGT155M-QMBD only1ch6MB126MB1257MBGT11Optional functionboard 2Extended/optional functionOS installation 2GT10Othernecessarydevices103(CF card)(CF card)Details pageP.65P.49P.52~P.52~P.52~P.33P.32P.34P.39P.33P.35P.35P.27, 34P.34P.37GT11ModelGT115M GT115M GT115M GT105M-QMBD -QMBDM HS-QMBD -QMBDQVGA QVGA QVGA4QVGA5.7" 5.7" 5.7" 5.7"Via G4 only3MB113MBGT10 4GT104M GT1030 GT1020-QMBD -HBM(W)(2) -LBM(W)(2)QVGA4.7" 4.5" 3.7"Via G4 only Via G4 only Via G4 only Via G4 only Via G4 only8 : To use the historical data list display and the historical trend graph, it is necessary to specify the logging function in advance. In addition, it is necessary to install the optional function OS (logging).9 : Read from the PLC clock.10 : Different connection configurations may require different communication units. For details, see the GOT1000 Series Handbook and the GOT1000 Series Connection Manual.11 : For the compatible hardware versions, please contact your local sales office.12 : Only CPU direct connection and Ethernet connection are supported.13 : Only the FTP server function is supported.70 71GT1575-VNBM onlyVia G4 only Via G4 onlyGT1155-QMBD onlyGT1150-QLBD onlyGT1155-QMBDQ/A onlyGT1150-QLBDQ/A only3MBGT1155HS-QSBD onlyGT1150HS-QLBD only63MBGT1055-QSBD onlyGT1050-QBBD only113MBGT1045-QSBD onlyGT1040-QBBD only1.5MB11GT1030-HBM(W) only512KB11GT1020-LBM(W) only9INDEXFor Designers For Initial Startup & For MaintenanceMELSEC Process Specifications,Operations PersonnelGT10 iQ PlatformControl External DimensionsList of ConnectableModels, etc.

Function listGT16Screen designCategoryMaintenance functionsSpecificationsCommon settingsObject settingsOthersGT15Standardfonts (basic)GT12GT SoftGOT(Japanese, Japanese (supporting European languages),Chinese (Simplified),Chinese (Simplified, supporting European languages),Chinese (Traditional, supporting European languages))Chinese (Simplified), Chinese (Traditional),JapaneseStandardfonts (optional)High-quality fontTrueType font, TrueType font (7 segments)Windows ® fontStroke basic font (extended)Stroke font (optional)Logo character functionParts (object + figure) layer functionStation No. switchingMultilingual support functionPasswordBoot logoData operation functionOffset functionSecurity level authenticationSecurityfunction Operator authenticationLamp displayTouch switchNumeric display/inputData list displayHistorical data list display 8ASCII display/inputKana-Kanjiconversion functionClock displayComment displayNormal versionEnhanced versionExtended alarm monitoring/displayAlarm displayAlarm history displayFloating alarm displayParts displayParts movementPanel meter displayLevel displayTrend graph/Line graph/Bar graph/Statistical graphHistorical trend graph 8Scatter graphStatus observation functionAdvanced recipe functionRecipe functionReport functionHardcopyfunctionBarcode functionRFID functionFunction1File saving in CF cardPrinting on printerOptional functionboard2Extended/optional functionOS installation 2RequiredRequiredRequired(CF card/Required USB memory)Required 8RequiredRequiredRequired 8RequiredRequired(CF card)(Battery)(CF card)(CF card)(CF card)(CF card)(CF card)(Printer unit)Required(CF card)CF cardRequired (Printer unit)RequiredRequiredMultimedia functionMultimedia unitRequiredCF cardRemote personal computer function (Ethernet)Required LicenseRemote personal computer function (serial)Video/RGBRequiredinput unitOperation panel functionExternal input/Required output unitOperation log functionRequired CF cardDocument display functionRequired CF cardRequired2(GT15 only)Logging functionRequired(CF card)(Battery)Log viewer function(CF card/RequiredUSB memory)Script functionProject script/Screen scriptObject scriptRequiredDevice data transfer functionRequiredDevice monitor functionSystem monitor functionRequiredList editor for ARequiredList editor for FXRequiredSFC monitor functionRequired CF cardRequired2(GT15 only)Motion SFC monitor functionRequired CF cardRequired2(GT15 only)Ladder editor functionRequired CF cardRequired2(GT15 only)Ladder monitor functionRequired (CF card)Required2(GT15 only)Intelligent unit monitor functionRequiredQ motion monitor functionRequiredServo amplifier monitor functionRequiredNetwork monitor functionRequiredCNC monitor functionRequiredCNC data input/output functionRequired CF card/USB memoryBackup/restoration functionRequired MELSEC-L troubleshooting functionRequiredMaintenance time notification functionBattery3OthernecessarydevicesDetails pageP.36P.41P.40P.43P.40P.37P.33P.32P.34P.34P.41P.33P.40P40P.37P.33P.46P.47P.44P.45P.45P.44P.46P.47P.46P.47P.42P.46P.38GT16GT1695M GT1685M GT1675M GT1675M GT167M GT1665M GT1665M GT1662-XTBM -STBM -STBM -VTBM -VNBM -STBM -VTBM -VNBMXGA SVGA SVGA VGA VGA SVGA VGA VGA15" 12.1" 10.4" 10.4" 10.4" 8.4" 8.4" 8.4"GT1655-VTBDGT1665HS-VTBDVGA VGA45.7" 6.5"1 : The function details, such as the number of settings and the data storage destination, vary depending on the model.2 : An optional function board may be required depending on the model, function version or hardware version of the GOT main unit. The optional function board to be used varies depending on the required function. For details,see "Notes for use" (page 81).For the GT10 and GT SoftGOT1000, it is unnecessary to install an optional function board or the extended/optional function OS.3 : Necessary optional units, CF cards and USB memory devices other than the optional function board are shown. Parenthesized devices will be required depending on conditions of use. For details, see "Notes for use"(page 81).4 : For details, see "GT10" (page 48), "Handy GOT" (page 24) and "GT SoftGOT1000" (page 26).5 : The RS-232 interface can be used as an RS-422 interface by connecting an RS-422 conversion unit.ModelGT1595-XTBMXGA15"GT15GT12GTGT1585(V) GT1575(V) GT1575 GT157M GT1565 GT1562 GT155M GT1275 GT1265 SoftGOT-STBM -STBM -VTBM -VNBM -VTBM -VNBM -MMBD -VNBM -VNBM 1000SVGA SVGA VGA VGA VGA VGA VGA/QVGA VGA VGA Version312.1" 10.4" 10.4" 10.4" 8.4" 8.4" 5.7" 10.4" 8.4" 4GT1585V only GT1575V onlyGT1555-VTBD onlyGT1555-VTBD onlyGT1555-VTBD only6 : Structural restrictions are applied.7 : Only user alarms can be used.8 : To use the historical data list display and the historical trend graph, it is necessary to specify the logging function in advance. In addition, it is necessary to install the optional function OS (logging).9 : Read from the PLC clock.10 : Different connection configurations may require different communication units. For details, see the GOT1000 Series Handbook and the GOT1000 Series Connection Manual.11 : For the compatible hardware versions, please contact your local sales office.12 : Only CPU direct connection and Ethernet connection are supported.13 : Only the FTP server function is supported.GT11Optional functionboard 2Extended/optional functionOS installation 2RequiredRequiredRequiredRequiredRequiredRequiredGT103Othernecessarydevices(CF card)Details pageP.36P.41P.43P.40P.37P.33P.32P.34P.34P.41P.33P.40P.40P.37P.33P.46P.47P.44P.45P.45P.44P.46P.47P.46P.47P.42P.46P.38ModelGT11GT115M GT115M GT115M GT105M-QMBD -QMBDM HS-QMBD -QMBDQVGA QVGA QVGA4QVGA5.7" 5.7" 5.7" 5.7"GT115M-QMBDA onlyGT10 4GT104M GT1030 GT1020-QMBD -HBM(W)(2) -LBM(W)(2)QVGA4.7" 4.5" 3.7"7 7 7 772 73INDEXFor Designers For Initial Startup & For MaintenanceMELSEC Process Specifications,Operations PersonnelGT10 iQ PlatformControl External DimensionsList of ConnectableModels, etc.

Product listMain unit model nameGT16 9 5 M - X T B AGT16GT15GT12GT11GT10GOT main unitsGT16GT15GT12GT11Code98765432Model nameScreen sizeDisplay colors Power MemoryDisplay[resolution](number of colors) supply sizeRemarksGT169515" XGATFT color LCD100-240VACCompatible with65,536 colors15MB[1024 × 768 dots] (high brightness, wide viewing angle)24VDCmultimedia & Video/RGBGT168512.1" SVGATFT color LCD100-240VACCompatible with65,536 colors15MB[800 × 600 dots] (high brightness, wide viewing angle)24VDCmultimedia & Video/RGB10.4" SVGATFT color LCD100-240VACCompatible with65,536 colors15MB[800 × 600 dots] (high brightness, wide viewing angle)24VDCmultimedia & Video/RGBTFT color LCDCompatible with65,536 colors15MB(high brightness, wide viewing angle)multimedia & Video/RGBGT167MGT166MGT1655Handy GOTGT1595GT1585GT157MGT156MGT155MGT1275GT1265GT1155Screen size15"12.1"10.4"8.4", 6.5"5.7"4.7"4.5"3.7"Code520GT1695M-XTBAGT1695M-XTBDGT1685M-STBAGT1685M-STBDGT1675M-STBAGT1675M-STBDGT1675M-VTBAGT1675M-VTBDGT1675-VNBA ✽1GT1675-VNBD ✽1GT1672-VNBA ✽1GT1672-VNBD ✽1GT1665M-STBAGT1665M-STBDGT1665M-VTBAGT1665M-VTBDGT1662-VNBA ✽1GT1662-VNBD ✽1GT1655-VTBD ✽1 NEWGT1665HS-VTBD ✽1GT1595-XTBAGT1595-XTBDGT1585V-STBAGT1585V-STBDGT1585-STBAGT1585-STBDGT1575V-STBAGT1575V-STBDGT1575-STBAGT1575-STBDGT1575-VTBAGT1575-VTBDGT1575-VNBAGT1575-VNBDGT1572-VNBAGT1572-VNBDGT1565-VTBAGT1565-VTBDGT1562-VNBAGT1562-VNBDGT1555-VTBDGT1555-QTBDGT1555-QSBDGT1550-QLBDGT1275-VNBAGT1275-VNBDGT1265-VNBAGT1265-VNBDGT1155-QTBDGT1155-QTBDQGT1155-QTBDAGT1155-QSBDGT1155-QSBDQGT1155-QSBDAGT1150-QLBDGT1150-QLBDQGT1150-QLBDAGT1155HS-QSBDGT1150HS-QLBDGT1055-QSBDGT1050-QBBDGT1045-QSBDGT1040-QBBDDisplay colors Code Mounting type Code Resolution Code Display device256 colors or more16 colorsMonochromeV Compatible wirh video/RGBNone Panel mount typeHS Handy typeCompatible withMmultimedia & Video/RGBHigh performance models with multimedia and a host of features and functionsPerformance models ideal for a wide range of applications in anetwork or standalone environmentLarge basic models with integrated features and communicationsSmall models with a host of advanced functionsCompact models with basic functions10.4" VGA[640 × 480 dots]8.4" SVGA[800 × 600 dots]8.4" VGA[640 × 480 dots]5.7" VGA [640 × 480 dots]6.5" VGA [640 × 480 dots]15" XGA[1024 × 768 dots]12.1" SVGA[800 × 600 dots]10.4" SVGA[800 × 600 dots]10.4" VGA[640 × 480 dots]8.4" VGA[640 × 480 dots]TFT color LCD16 colors5.7" VGA [640 × 480 dots] TFT color LCD65,536 colors(high brightness, wide viewing angle)5.7" QVGASTN color LCD[320 × 240 dots]STN monochrome LCD10.4" VGA[640 × 480 dots]8.4" VGA[640 × 480 dots]5.7" QVGA[320 × 240 dots]XGAX(1024 × 768 dots)SVGAS(800 × 600 dots)VGAV(640 × 480 dots)QVGAQ(320 × 240 dots)(288 × 96 dots)None(160 × 64 dots)TFT color LCDTFT color LCD16 colorsTFT color LCD(high brightness, wide viewing angle)65,536 colorsTFT color LCD(high brightness, wide viewing angle)65,536 colorsTFT color LCDTFT color LCDTFT color LCD(high brightness, wide viewing angle)TFT color LCDTFT color LCDSTN color LCD4,096 colors16 colorsTFT color LCD (high brightness, wide viewing angle) 65,536 colorsTFT color LCD (high brightness, wide viewing angle) 65,536 colorsTFT color LCD(high brightness, wide viewing angle)65,536 colorsTFT color LCD(high brightness, wide viewing angle)TFT color LCD65,536 colors(high brightness, wide viewing angle)TFT color LCD(high brightness, wide viewing angle)TFT color LCD65,536 colors(high brightness, wide viewing angle)TFT color LCD(high brightness, wide viewing angle)65,536 colorsTFT color LCD256 colorsTNSBLHTFT color(high brightness,wide viewing angle)TFT colorSTN colorSTN monochrome(blue/white)STN monochromeSTN monochrome(White/black, high contrast)CodeBW16 colors65,536 colors4,096 colorsMonochrome (black/white) 16 gray scales256 colors256 colorsCode Power supplyADLMain unit frameBlackWhite100 to 240VAC24VDC5VDCCodeWNone100-240VAC24VDC100-240VAC24VDC100-240VAC24VDC100-240VAC24VDC100-240VAC24VDC100-240VAC24VDC24VDC24VDC100-240VAC24VDC100-240VAC24VDC100-240VAC24VDC100-240VAC24VDC100-240VAC24VDC100-240VAC24VDC100-240VAC24VDC100-240VAC24VDC100-240VAC24VDC100-240VAC24VDC24VDC100-240VAC24VDC100-240VAC24VDC24VDCCode Communication interfaceQ ✽1 With built-in bus connection interface for QCPU(Q mode)/motion controller CPU (Q series)A ✽1 With built-in bus connection interface forQnA/ACPU/motion controller CPU (A series)2 ✽2 With built-in RS-232None ✽2 With built-in RS-422✽1 : GT115M-QMBDQ andGT115M-QMBDA only✽2 : GT10 onlyGT10 backlightWhite backlightGreen backlight✽ For inquiries relating to products which conform to UL, cUL, and CE directives and shippingdirectives, please contact your local sales office.11MB11MB15MBCompatible withmultimedia & Video/RGB15MBCompatible withmultimedia & Video/RGB11MB15MB15MB9MB9MB9MB9MB5MB5MB9MB5MB9MB6MB3MBCompatible withVideo/RGBCompatible withVideo/RGBDedicated to Q bus connectionDedicated to A bus connectionDedicated to Q bus connectionDedicated to A bus connectionGOT main unitsModel nameScreen sizeDisplay colors Power MemoryDisplay[resolution](number of colors) supply sizeRemarksFrame color3-color LED 24VDC(green, orange, red)4.5"STN monochrome LCDMonochrome5VDC[288 × 96 dots](High contrast)Black (black/white)3-color LED 24VDC1.5MB(white, pink, red)5VDC3-color LED 24VDC(green, orange, red)4.5"STN monochrome LCDMonochrome5VDCWhite[288 × 96 dots](High contrast)(black/white)3-color LED 24VDC1.5MB(white, pink, red)5VDC3-color LED 24VDC(green, orange, red)GT1030-HBD ✽1 NEWGT1030-HBD2 ✽1 NEWGT1030-HBL ✽1 NEWGT1030-HBDW ✽1 NEWGT1030-HBDW2 ✽1 NEWGT1030-HBLW ✽1 NEWGT1030GT1030-HWD ✽1 NEWGT1030-HWD2✽1 NEWGT1030-HWL✽1 NEWGT1030-HWDW✽1 NEWGT1030-HWDW2✽1 NEWGT1030-HWLW ✽1 NEWGT10GT1020-LBDGT1020-LBD2GT1020-LBLGT1020-LBDWGT1020-LBDW2GT1020-LBLWGT1020GT1020-LWDGT1020-LWD2GT1020-LWLGT1020-LWDWGT1020-LWDW2GT1020-LWLW✽1 : Not supported by GT Works2/GT Designer2.Communication interface3.7"[160 × 64 dots]3.7"[160 × 64 dots]STN monochrome LCDSTN monochrome LCDProduct name Model name SpecificationsMELSECNET/Hcommunication unitCC-Link IE Controller Networkcommunication unitCC-Link IE Field Network communication unitCC-Link communication unitEthernet communication unitSerial multi-drop connection unitConnector conversion adapterGT15-QBUSGT15-QBUS2GT15-ABUSGT15-ABUS2GT15-75QBUSLGT15-75QBUS2LGT15-75ABUSLGT15-75ABUS2LGT15-RS2-9PGT15-RS4-9SGT15-RS4-TEGT15-RS2T4-9PGT15-RS2T4-25PGT15-J71LP23-25GT15-J71BR13GT15-J71GP23-SXGT15-J71GF13-T2GT15-J61BT13GT15-J71E71-100GT01-RS4-MGT10-9PT5SGT11HS-CCLGT11H-CCLStandard station unit (optical loop)BlackWhiteMonochrome(black/white)Monochrome(black/white)3-color LED(white, pink, red)3-color LED(green, orange, red)3-color LED(white, pink, red)Bus connection (1ch) unit standard modelfor QCPU (Q mode)/motion controller CPU (Q series)Bus connection (2ch) unit standard modelfor QCPU (Q mode)/motion controller CPU (Q series)Bus connection (1ch) unit standard modelfor QnA/ACPU/motion controller CPU (A series)Bus connection (2ch) unit standard modelfor QnA/ACPU/motion controller CPU (A series)Bus connection (1ch) unit thin model ✽1for QCPU (Q mode)/motion controller CPU (Q series)Bus connection (2ch) unit thin model ✽1for QCPU (Q mode)/motion controller CPU (Q series)Bus connection (1ch) unit thin model ✽1for QnA/ACPU/motion controller CPU (A series)Bus connection (2ch) unit thin model ✽1for QnA/ACPU/motion controller CPU (A series)RS-232 serial communication unit (D-sub 9-pin (male))RS-422/485 serial communication unit (D-sub 9-pin (female)) ✽2 ✽3RS-422/485 serial communication unit (terminal block) ✽2✽ Usable only when connecting to temperature controllers/indicating controllers via RS-485 or in GOT multi-drop connectionRS-422 connector: 9-pinRS-232→RS-422 conversion unitRS-422 connector: 25-pinStandard station unit (optical loop)Standard station unit (coaxial bus)5VDC24VDC5VDC24VDC5VDC24VDC5VDC512KB512KBIntelligent device station unitIntelligent device station unit (supporting CC-Link version 2)Ethernet (100Base-TX) unitFor GOT multi-drop connectionConversion connector between D sub 9-pin male and Europe terminal block 5-pinCC-Link interface unit for Handy GOT✽5 ✽5 ✽5✽5✽4 : The unit cannot be used with the GT155M.✽5 : For the hardware version compatible with GOT, please contact your local sales office.For the instructions for connection of GT16/GT15, please contact your local sales office.✽6 : The unit cannot be used with the GT1655.Product name Model name SpecificationsPrinter unitMultimedia unitVideo input unitRGB input unitVideo/RGB input unitRGB output unitGT16✽6✽6✽2✽2✽2✽2✽2Dedicated to RS-422 connectionDedicated to RS-232 connectionDedicated to RS-422FX connectionDedicated to RS-422 connectionDedicated to RS-232 connectionDedicated to RS-422FX connectionDedicated to RS-422 connectionDedicated to RS-232 connectionDedicated to RS-422FX connectionDedicated to RS-422 connectionDedicated to RS-232 connectionDedicated to RS-422FX connectionDedicated to RS-422 connectionDedicated to RS-232 connectionDedicated to RS-422FX connectionDedicated to RS-422 connectionDedicated to RS-232 connectionDedicated to RS-422FX connectionDedicated to RS-422 connectionDedicated to RS-232 connectionDedicated to RS-422FX connectionDedicated to RS-422 connectionDedicated to RS-232 connectionDedicated to RS-422FX connectionApplicable modelGT15 GT12 GT11 Handy GOT GT10✽4✽4✽3✽3✽3✽3✽5✽5✽5✽5Applicable modelGT16 GT15 GT12 GT11 Handy GOT GT10Monochrome (black/white)GT1150STN monochrome LCDDedicated to Q bus connectionCF card unit16 gray scalesDedicated to A bus connectionCF card extension unitHandySTN color LCD256 colorsSound output unitGOTSTN monochrome LCDMonochrome (black/white) 16 gray scales5.7" QVGASTN color LCD256 colorsExternal input/output unitGT105M24VDC3MB[320 × 240 dots] STN monochrome LCDMonochrome (blue/white) 16 gray scales✽1 : Includes unit to be installed on the control panel, unit to be installed on the GOT, and connection cable (0.8m).GT104.7" QVGASTN color LCD256 colors✽2 : Excluding the GT16MM-VNBM and GT1655.74GT104M24VDC3MB[320 × 240 dots] STN monochrome LCDMonochrome (blue/white) 16 gray scales✽3 : Only the GT1585V and GT1575V are supported.75Bus connection unitSerial communication unitRS-422 conversion unitCC-Link interface unit✽1 : The unit cannot be used stacked on other units.✽2 : The unit may not be able to be used depending on the connection destination. See "List of connectable models"(page 65).✽3 : The unit cannot be used when connecting to temperature controllers/indicating controllers via RS-485 (2-wire type)Optional unitsGT15-PRNNEWGT16M-MMRGT16M-V4GT15V-75V4GT16M-R2GT15V-75R1GT16M-V4R1GT15V-75V4R1GT16M-ROUTGT15V-75ROUTGT15-CFCDGT15-CFEX-C08SETGT15-SOUTGT15-DIORGT15-DIOUSB slave (PictBridge) for printer connection, 1ch✽ Cable for printer connection (3m) includedFor video input (NTSC/PAL) 1ch motion image playbackFor video input (NTSC/PAL) 4chFor video input (NTSC/PAL) 4chFor analog RGB input 2chFor analog RGB input 1chFor video input (NTSC/PAL) 4ch / analog RGB 1ch composite inputFor video input (NTSC/PAL) 4ch / analog RGB 1ch composite inputFor analog RGB output 1chFor analog RGB outputFor additional CF card port (B drive) on the back of the GOTFor additional CF card port (B drive) at the front of the control panel ✽1For sound outputFor external input/output devices and operation panel connection (negative common input / source type output)For external input/output devices and operation panel connection (positive common input / sink type output)INDEXFor Designers For Initial Startup & For MaintenanceMELSEC Process Specifications,Operations PersonnelGT10 iQ PlatformControl External DimensionsList of ConnectableModels, etc.

Product listSoftwareProduct name Model name ContentsGT Works3 Version1License key for GT SoftGOT1000 ✽1Personal computer remote operationfunction (Ethernet) license ✽2SW1DNC-GTWK3-ESW1DNC-GTWK3-EAGT15-SGTKEY-UGT16-PCRAKEYSingle license Multiple-license ✽3For USB port1 license✽1 : To use GT SoftGOT1000, a license key for GT SoftGOT1000 is necessary for each personal computer.✽2 : 1 license is required for 1 GOT unit.✽3 : The desired number of licenses (2 or more) can be purchased. For details, please contact your local sales office.OptionsProduct nameModel nameSpecificationsApplicable modelGT16 GT15 GT12 GT11 Handy GOT GT10OptionsProduct nameModel nameGT11H-50PSCGT10-50PSCBGT10-50PSGBGT10-50PSCWGT10-50PSGWGT10-40PSCBGT10-40PSGBGT10-40PSCWGT10-40PSGWGT10-30PSCBGT10-30PSGBGT10-30PSCWGT10-30PSGWGT10-20PSCBGT10-20PSGBGT10-20PSCWGT10-20PSGWGT16-UCOVGT16-50UCOVGT15-UCOVGT11-50UCOVGT05-90PCOGT05-80PCOGT05-70PCOGT05-60PCOGT16-50PCOGT05-50PCOGT10-40PCOGT10-30PCOGT10-20PCOGT16H-60ESCOVGT11H-50ESCOVGT15-90STANDGT15-80STANDGT15-70STANDGT05-50STANDGT05-MEM-128MCGT05-MEM-256MCGT05-MEM-512MCGT05-MEM-1GCGT05-MEM-2GCGT05-MEM-4GCGT05-MEM-8GCGT05-MEM-16GCGT05-MEM-ADPCGT15-70ATT-98SpecificationsApplicable modelGT16 GT15 GT12 GT11 Handy GOT GT10GT16-90XLTTFor GT1695M-XTBMGT16-80SLTTFor GT1685M-STBMGT16-70SLTTFor GT1675M-STBMProtective sheet for 3.7" screenGT16-70VLTTFor GT1675M-VTBM ✽1(for GT1020)GT16-70VLTTAFor GT1675M-VTBM ✽2GT16-70VLTNFor GT1675-VNBM/GT1672-VNBMGT16-60SLTTFor GT1665M-STBMProtective cover for USB interfaceNEWGT16-60VLTTFor GT1665M-VTBMUSB protective coveron main unit front panelGT16-60VLTNFor GT1662-VNBM(for replacement)BacklightBacklightGT15-90XLTTFor GT1595-XTBMOil resistant cover for 15" screenGT15-80SLTTFor GT1585V-STBM/GT1585-STBMOil resistant cover for 12.1" screenGT15-70SLTTFor GT1575-STBM ✽3Oil resistant cover for 10.4" screenGT15-70VLTTFor GT1575V-STBM/GT1575-VTBM/GT1575-STBM ✽4Oil resistant cover for 8.4" screenGT15-70VLTNFor GT1575-VNBM/GT1572-VNBMOil resistant cover ✽7NEW Oil resistant cover for 5.7" screenGT15-60VLTTFor GT1565-VTBMOil resistant cover for 5.7" screenGT15-60VLTNFor GT1562-VNBMNEW Oil resistant cover for 4.7" screenGT12-70VLTNFor GT1275-VNBMOil resistant cover for 4.5" screenGT12-60VLTNFor GT1265-VNBMOil resistant cover for 3.7" screenGT16-MESBFor MES interface functionCover for accidental operation prevention of emergency stop switch (for GT16 Handy GOT)GT15-FNBOptional function board(No expansion memory)Emergency stop switch guardCover for accidental operation prevention of emergency stop switch (for GT11 Handy GOT)GT15-QFNB✽ The required optional function board (No expansion memory)Stand for 15" typeOptional function boardGT15-QFNB16Mvaries depending on the GOT main unit + 16MB expansion memoryStand for 12.1" typeGT15-QFNB32Mand function.+ 32MB expansion memoryStandStand for 10.4"/8.4" typeGT15-QFNB48MFor the details, see "Notes for use" + 48MB expansion memoryStand for 5.7" typeGT15-MESB48M(page 81).+ 48MB expansion memory128MB flash ROMGT11-50FNB✽5 ✽9256MB flash ROMGT10 memory loaderGT10-LDRFor GT1030/GT1020 (for OS project data transfer) no power source required512MB flash ROMGT10 memory boardGT10-50FMBFor GT105M/GT104M (for OS and project data transfer)1GB flash ROMGT16-90PSCBClear, 5 sheetsCF card2GB flash ROMGT16-90PSGBAnti-glare, 5 sheets4GB flash ROM✽10Protective sheet for 15" screenGT16-90PSCWClear (frame: white), 5 sheets8GB flash ROM✽10(for GT16)GT16-90PSGWAnti-glare (frame: white), 5 sheets16GB flash ROM✽10GT16-90PSCB-012Clear (USB protective cover type), 5 sheets ✽14Memory card adapterCF card→memory card (TYPE@) conversion adapterGT15-90PSCBClear, 5 sheetsA985GOT ✽8GT15-90PSGBProtective sheet for 15" screen Anti-glare, 5 sheetsGT167MAttachment for A870GOT-SWS A8GT-70GOT-TBGT15-90PSCW(for GT15)Clear (frame: white), 5 sheets→ GT157MGT15-70ATT-8710.4" type A870GOT-TWS A8GT-70GOT-SWGT15-90PSGWAnti-glare (frame: white), 5 sheetsGT1275A8GT-70GOT-TW A8GT-70GOT-SBGT16-80PSCBClear, 5 sheetsGT15-60ATT-97A97MGOTGT16-80PSGBAnti-glare, 5 sheetsProtective sheet for 12.1" screenGT15-60ATT-96A960GOTGT16-80PSCWClear (frame: white), 5 sheets(for GT16)A870GOT-EWS A77GOT-EL-S5GT16-80PSGWAnti-glare (frame: white), 5 sheetsAttachmentGT166MGT15-60ATT-87Attachment for A8GT-70GOT-EW A77GOT-EL-S3GT16-80PSCB-012Clear (USB protective cover type), 5 sheets ✽14→ GT156M8.4" type A8GT-70GOT-EB A77GOT-ELGT15-80PSCBClear, 5 sheetsGT1265A77GOT-CL-S5 A77GOT-L-S5GT15-80PSGBProtective sheet for 12.1" screen Anti-glare, 5 sheetsGT15-60ATT-77A77GOT-CL-S3 A77GOT-L-S3GT15-80PSCW(for GT15)Clear (frame: white), 5 sheetsA77GOT-CLA77GOT-LGT15-80PSGWAnti-glare (frame: white), 5 sheetsGT15-50ATT-95W Attachment for A956WGOTGT1655GT16-70PSCBClear, 5 sheets→ GT155MGT15-50ATT-855.7" type A85MGOTGT115MGT16-70PSGBAnti-glare, 5 sheetsGT15-BATBattery for backup of clock data and maintenance time notification data✽11✽13Protective sheet for 10.4" screenGT16-70PSCWClear (frame: white), 5 sheetsBatteryGT11-50BATBattery for backup of clock data, alarm history, recipe data, time action set values (for replacement)✽12✽9 ✽6(for GT16)GT16-70PSGWAnti-glare (frame: white), 5 sheets✽1 : Function version C or earlier.✽10 : Can be used only with the GT16 Handy.GT16-70PSCB-012Clear (USB protective cover type), 5 sheets ✽14✽2 : Function version D or later.✽11 : Excluding GT1655. Application: Battery for backup of clock data, maintenance time notification data, system log data,✽3 : Function version B or earlier.SRAM user area (for replacement)GT15-70PSCBClear, 5 sheets✽4 : Function version C or later.✽12 : Can be used only with the GT1655. Application: Battery for backup of clock data, maintenance time notification data,GT15-70PSGBProtective sheet for 10.4" screen Anti-glare, 5 sheets✽5 : Excluding the GT115M-QMBDQ and GT115M-QMBDA.system log data, SRAM user area (for replacement)✽6 : Excluding the GT1020.✽13 : Can be used only with the GT16 Handy. Application: Battery for backup of clock data, maintenance time notification data,GT15-70PSCW(for GT15)Clear (frame: white), 5 sheets✽7 : Check if the oil resistant cover can be used in the actual environment before use.system log data, SRAM user area (for replacement)Protective sheetWhen using the oil resistant cover, the front USB interface and human sensor cannot be used. ✽14 : The front-face USB interface cannot be used when using a protective sheet that covers the USB protective cover area.GT15-70PSGWAnti-glare (frame: white), 5 sheets✽8 : Including the GP250M and GP260M manufactured by Pro-face.GT11-70PSCBProtective sheet for 10.4" screen (for GT12) Clear, 5 sheets✽9 : Can be used only with the GT11 Handy.GT16-60PSCBClear, 5 sheetsManuals ✽ Manuals are supplied as PDF documents with the software package in the CD-ROM. Printed manuals are also available.GT16-60PSGBAnti-glare, 5 sheetsProtective sheet for 8.4" screenGT16-60PSCWClear (frame: white), 5 sheetsManual titleCatalog No.(for GT16)GT16-60PSGWAnti-glare (frame: white), 5 sheetsGT Designer3 Version1 Screen Design Manual (Fundamentals)SH-080866ENGGT16-60PSCB-012GT15-60PSCBGT15-60PSGBProtective sheet for 8.4" screenClear (USB protective cover type), 5 sheets ✽14Clear, 5 sheetsAnti-glare, 5 sheetsGT Designer3 Version1 Screen Design Manual (Functions) *A set of two volumesGOT1000 Series Connection Manual (Mitsubishi Products) for GT Works3GOT1000 Series Connection Manual (Non-Mitsubishi Products 1) for GT Works3SH-080867ENGSH-080868ENGSH-080869ENGGT15-60PSCW(for GT15)Clear (frame: white), 5 sheetsGOT1000 Series Connection Manual (Non-Mitsubishi Products 2) for GT Works3SH-080870ENGGT15-60PSGWAnti-glare (frame: white), 5 sheetsGOT1000 Series Connection Manual (Microcomputer, MODBUS Products, Peripherals) for GT Works3SH-080871ENGGT11-60PSCBProtective sheet for 8.4" screen (for GT12) Clear, 5 sheetsGOT1000 Series Gateway Functions Manual for GT Works3SH-080858ENGGT16H-60PSCProtective sheet for 6.5" screen (for GT16 Handy GOT) Clear, 5 sheetsGT16-50PSCBNEWClear, 5 sheetsGOT1000 Series MES Interface Function Manual for GT Works3SH-080859ENGGT16-50PSGBNEWAnti-glare, 5 sheetsGT SoftGOT1000 Version3 Operating Manual for GT Works3SH-080861ENGProtective sheet for 5.7" screenGT16-50PSCW NEWClear (frame: white), 5 sheetsGT Simulator3 Version1 Operating Manual for GT Works3SH-080860ENG(for GT16)GT16-50PSGW NEWAnti-glare (frame: white), 5 sheetsGT Converter2 Version3 Operating Manual for GT Works3SH-080862ENGGT16-50PSCB-012GT15-50PSCBNEWClear (USB protective cover type), 5 sheets ✽14Clear, 5 sheetsGOT1000 Series User's Manual (Extended Functions, Option Functions) for GT Works3GT16 User's Manual (Hardware)SH-080863ENGSH-080928ENGGT15-50PSGBGT15-50PSCWProtective sheet for 5.7" screen(for GT15)Anti-glare, 5 sheetsClear (frame: white), 5 sheetsGT16 User's Manual (Basic Utility)GT15 User's ManualSH-080929ENGSH-080528ENGGT15-50PSGWAnti-glare (frame: white), 5 sheetsGT12 Supplementary DescriptionSH-080864ENGGT11-50PSCBClear, 5 sheetsGT11 User's ManualJY997D17501GT11-50PSGBProtective sheet for 5.7" screen Anti-glare, 5 sheetsGT16 Handy GOT User's Manual (Hardware • Utility, Connection) *A set of two volumesJY997D41201GT11-50PSCW(for GT11)Clear (frame: white), 5 sheetsGT11 Handy GOT User's Manual (Hardware • Utility, Connection) *A set of two volumesJY997D20101GT11-50PSGWAnti-glare (frame: white), 5 sheets76 GT10 User's ManualJY997D2470177Protective sheetProtective sheet for 5.7" screen (for GT11 Handy GOT)Protective sheet for 5.7" screen(for GT105M)Protective sheet for 4.7" screen(for GT104M)Protective sheet for 4.5" screen(for GT1030)Clear, 5 sheetsClear, 5 sheetsAnti-glare, 5 sheetsClear (frame: white), 5 sheetsAnti-glare (frame: white), 5 sheetsClear, 5 sheetsAnti-glare, 5 sheetsClear (frame: white), 5 sheetsAnti-glare (frame: white), 5 sheetsClear, 5 sheetsAnti-glare, 5 sheetsClear (frame: white), 5 sheetsAnti-glare (frame: white), 5 sheetsClear, 5 sheetsAnti-glare, 5 sheetsClear (frame: white), 5 sheetsAnti-glare (frame: white), 5 sheetsFor 15"/12.1"/10.4"/8.4"For 5.7"For 15"/12.1"/10.4"/8.4"For 5.7"INDEXFor Designers For Initial Startup & For MaintenanceMELSEC Process Specifications,Operations PersonnelGT10 iQ PlatformControl External DimensionsList of ConnectableModels, etc.

Product listCablesBus connectioncable forQCPU (Q mode)Bus extension connector boxBus connector conversion boxBuffer circuit cableFerrite core set for Q bus cable (two-pack)Ferrite core set for A bus cable (two-pack)RS-422 conversion cableRS-485 terminal block conversion unitRS-422 cableRS-232 cableProduct nameQCPU extension cableGOT-to-GOT connection cableLong-distance connectioncable for QCPUGOT-to-GOT long-distanceconnection cableLarge CPUextension cableBus connectioncable forSmall CPU extension cableQnA/ACPU/motioncontroller CPU(A series)Small CPU long-distanceconnection cableGOT-to-GOTconnection cableGOT-to-GOT long-distanceconnection cableA0J2HCPU connection cableQnA/A/FXCPUdirect connection cableComputer linkconnection cableComputer linkconnection cableFXCPU directconnection cableFX communicationfunction extension boardconnection cableConnector conversion cable forF930→GT1030 replacementQ/LCPU directconnection cableData transfer cableModel nameGT15-QC06BGT15-QC12BGT15-QC30BGT15-QC50BGT15-QC100BGT15-QC150BSGT15-QC200BSGT15-QC250BSGT15-QC300BSGT15-QC350BSA9GT-QCNBGT15-C12NBGT15-C30NBGT15-C50NBGT15-AC06BGT15-AC12BGT15-AC30BGT15-AC50BGT15-A370C12B-S1GT15-A370C25B-S1GT15-A370C12BGT15-A370C25BGT15-A1SC07BGT15-A1SC12BGT15-A1SC30BGT15-A1SC50BGT15-A1SC05NBGT15-A1SC07NBGT15-A1SC30NBGT15-A1SC50NBGT15-C100EXSS-1GT15-C200EXSS-1GT15-C300EXSS-1GT15-C07BSGT15-C12BSGT15-C30BSGT15-C50BSGT15-C100BSGT15-C200BSGT15-C300BSGT15-J2C10BA7GT-CNBGT15-EXCNBGT15-QFCGT15-AFCGT16-C02R4-9SGT16-C02R4-25SFA-LTBGTR4CBL05FA-LTBGTR4CBL10FA-LTBGTR4CBL20GT01-C30R4-25PGT01-C100R4-25PGT01-C200R4-25PGT01-C300R4-25PGT10-C30R4-25PGT10-C100R4-25PGT10-C200R4-25PGT10-C300R4-25PGT09-C30R4-6CGT09-C100R4-6CGT09-C200R4-6CGT09-C300R4-6CGT01-C10R4-8PGT01-C30R4-8PGT01-C100R4-8PGT01-C200R4-8PGT01-C300R4-8PGT10-C10R4-8PGT10-C30R4-8PGT10-C100R4-8PGT10-C200R4-8PGT10-C300R4-8PGT10-C10R4-8PLGT10-C10R4-8PCGT10-C30R4-8PCGT10-C100R4-8PCGT10-C200R4-8PCGT10-C300R4-8PCGT10-C02H-9SCGT01-C30R2-6PGT10-C30R2-6PGT11H-C30R2-6PCable Third partyproductsApplicationlength ✽1GT16 GT150.6m1.2mFor connection between QCPU and GOT3mFor connection between GOT and GOT5m10m15m20mFor long-distance (13.2m or more) connection between25mQCPU and GOT (A9GT-QCNB required)30mFor long-distance connection between GOT and GOT35mUsed for QCPU long-distance (13.2m or more) bus connection1.2mFor connection between QnA/ACPU/motion controller CPU3m(A series, extension base) and GOT5m0.6m1.2mFor connection between QnA/ACPU/motion controller CPU3m(A series, extension base) and A7GT-CNB5m1.2mFor connection between motion controller CPU2.5m(A series, main base) and GOT1.2mFor connection between motion controller CPU2.5m(A series, main base) and A7GT-CNB0.7mFor connection between QnAS/AnSCPU/motion controller CPU1.2m(A series) and GOT3m5mFor connection between QnAS/AnSCPU and GOT0.45mFor connection between QnAS/AnSCPU/motion controller CPU0.7m(A series) and A7GT-CNB3m5mFor connection between QnAS/AnSCPU and A7GT-CNB10.6mFor long-distance connection between QnAS/AnSCPU/motion controller CPU (A series) and GOT20.6mFor long-distance connection between A7GT-CNB and GOT30.6m✽Set of GT15-EXCNB and GT15-CMBS0.7m1.2mFor connection between GOT and GOT3m5m10m20mFor connection between GOT and GOT30m1mFor connection between power supply unit (A0J2-PW) for A0J2HCPU and GOTUsed for QnA/ACPU long-distance bus connection0.5m0.2m0.2m0.5m1m2m3m10m20m30m3m10m20m30m3m10m20m30m1m3m10m20m30m1m3m10m20m30m1m1m3m10m20m30m0.2m3m3m3mUsable as GT15-CMEXSS-1 in combination with GT15-CMBSFerrite cores for replacing existing GOT-A900 bus cable withbus cable for GOT1000For connection between RS-422/485 (connector) of GT16 and RS-422 cable (D-sub 9 pins)For connection between RS-422/485 (connector) of GT16 and RS-422 cable (D-sub 25 pins)RS-485 terminal block conversion unit✽ With cable for connection between RS-422/485 (connector) ofGT16 and RS-485 terminal block conversion unitFor connection between QnA/ACPU/motion controller CPU(A series)/FXCPU (D-sub 25-pin connector) and GOTFor connection between FA-CNVMCBL and GOTFor connection between serial communication unit and GOTFor connection between AJ65BT-G4-S3 and GOTFor connection between QnA/A/FXCPU (D-sub 25-pinconnector) and GOTFor connection between serial communication unit(AJ71QC24(N)-R4) and GOTFor connection between serial communication unit and GOTFor connection between computer link unit and GOTFor connection between FXCPU (MINI-DIN 8-pin connector)and GOTFor connection between FXCPU communication functionextension board (MINI-DIN 8-pin connector) and GOTFor connection between FXCPU (MINI-DIN 8-pin connector) and GOTFor connection between FXCPU communication function extensionboard (MINI-DIN 8-pin connector) and GOT✽The unit cannot be used with the FX1NC, FX2NC, FX3UC-D/DSS, FX3G.For connection between FXCPU (MINI-DIN 8-pin connector) andGOTFor connection between FXCPU communication functionextension board (MINI-DIN 8-pin connector) and GOTFor replacing a F930GOT unit with the GT1030 series unitConverts D-sub 9-pin connector to loose wire (Europe terminal block)For connection between Q/LCPU and GOT/personal computer(GT SoftGOT1000) (D-sub 9-pin)For connection between personal computer (screen design software)(D-sub 9-pin, female) and GOT (MINI-DIN 6-pin, male)For connection between Q/LCPU and GOTFor connection between GOT and GOTFor connector conversion box between Q/LCPU and Handy GOT✽6✽6✽6Applicable model ✽2HandyGT12 GT11 GOT✽3✽3✽3✽8GT10✽4✽5✽4✽4✽5✽5✽4✽5✽5CablesRS-232 cableProduct nameConnector conversion box for Handy GOTExternalconnection cableFX communication functionadapter connection cableComputer linkconnection cableFA device, power supplyand operation switchconnection cableDedicated cable forCC-Link interface unitModel nameGT01-C30R2-25PGT09-C30R2-9PGT09-C30R2-25PGT16H-CNB-42SGT11H-CNB-37SGT16H-C30-42PGT16H-C60-42PGT16H-C100-42PGT16H-C30-32PGT16H-C50-32PGT16H-C80-32PGT16H-C130-32PGT11H-C30-37PGT11H-C60-37PGT11H-C100-37PGT11H-C30GT11H-C60GT11H-C100GT11H-C30-32PGT11H-C50-32PGT11H-C80-32PGT11H-C130-32PCablelength3m3m3m3m6m10m3m5m8m13m3m6m10m3m6m10m3m5m8m13mThird partyproducts✽1ApplicationFor connection between FXCPU communication function extension board(D-sub 9-pin connector) and GOT/personal computer (GT SoftGOT1000) (D-sub 9-pin)For connection between FXCPU communication function adapter(D-sub 9-pin connector) and GOTFor connection between personal computer (screen design software)(D-sub 9-pin, female) and GOT (D-sub 9-pin, female)For connection between FXCPU communication special adapter (D-sub 25-pinconnector) and GOT, personal computer (GT SoftGOT1000) (D-sub 9-pin)For connection between serial communication unit and GOTFor connection between computer link unit and GOTFor connection between AJ65BT-R2N and GOT (GT09-C30R2-9P only)Converts Handy GOT connector to RJ-45 for terminal block, D-sub connector or Ethernet for each signal typeConverts D-sub 37-pin connector to terminal block and D-sub 9-pin connectorFor connection between connector conversion box and HandyGOTFor connection between CC-Link interface unit and Handy GOTFor connection between FA device connection relay cableand GOTFor connection between FA device, power supply andoperation switches and GOTFor connection between CC-Link interface unit and Handy GOTGT16 GT15For connection between FXCPU and GOTRS-422, power supplyGT11H-C15R4-8P 1.5mFor connection between power supply and operation switches and GOTFA device and operation switchFor connection between A/QnACPU and GOTconnection connection cableGT11H-C15R4-25P 1.5mFor connection between power supply and operation switches and GOTrelay cableRS-232, power supply andFor connection between QCPU and GOTGT11H-C15R2-6P 1.5moperation switch connection cableFor connection between power supply and operation switches and GOTBarcode reader connection cableExternal I/O unit connection conversion cableAnalog RGB cableGT10-C02H-6PT9PGT15-C03HTBGT15-C50VG0.2m0.3m5mFor connection between barcode reader (D-sub 9-pin, male)and GOT (MINI-DIN 6-pin, male) RS-232For connection between GOT1000 (external I/O unit) and GOT-A900 external I/Ointerface unit connection cable (A8GT-C05TK/A8GT-C30TB/user-fabricated cable)For connection between external monitor, personal computer and vision sensor and GOTRS-232/USB conversionFor connection between personal computer (USB) and GOT (RS-232)GT10-RS2TUSB-5Sadapter for data transfer(Adapter and personal computer are connected with GT09-C30USB-5P.)USB cableFor connection between personal computer (USB) and GOT (USB mini-B)Data transfer cableGT09-C30USB-5P3mFor connection between QnUCPU (USB mini-B) and personal computer (GT SoftGOT1000)For connection between printer and GOT (printer unit)Extension USB waterproof cableGT10-C10EXUSB-5S 1mFor extending the USB port of GOT to the control panel✽1 : FA-LTBGTR4CBLM is developed by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Company Limited and sold through your local sales office.The other products listed are developed by Mitsubishi Electric System & Service Co., LTD. and sold through your local sales office.✽2 : The applicable connection configuration and cable vary depending on the GOT main unit. For more details, see the GOT1000 Series Handbook and the GOT1000 Series Connection Manual.✽3 : Can be used when used together with the Handy GOT connector conversion box.✽4 : Can be used only with the GT105M and GT104M.✽5 : Can be used only with the GT1030 and GT1020.✽6 : To connect with RS-422/485 interface of GT16 main unit, an RS-422 conversion cable (GT16-C02R4-9S) is required.✽7 : Can be used only with the GT16 Handy.✽8 : Can be used only with the GT11 Handy.Cables for third party FA devicesRS-232cableFX communication functionextension board connectioncable, FX communicationfunction adapter connectioncable, Data transfer cableProduct nameCable forOMRON PLCCable forKEYENCE PLCCable for Sharp ManufacturingSystems PLCCables for JTEKT PLCCable for Shinko Technosdigital indicating controllerCable forTOSHIBA PLCCable for Hitachi IndustrialEquipment Systems PLCCable for Hitachi PLCCable for Fuji Electric FAComponents & Systems PLCCable forPanasonic Electric WorksPLCGT01-C30R2-9SModel nameGT09-C30R20101-9PGT09-C30R20102-25SGT09-C30R20103-25PGT09-C30R21101-6PGT09-C30R21102-9SGT09-C30R21103-3TGT09-C30R20601-15PGT09-C30R20602-15PGT09-C30R21201-25PGT09-C30R21401-4TGT09-C30R20501-9PGT09-C30R20502-15PGT09-C30R20401-15PGT09-C30R20402-15PGT09-C30R21301-9SGT09-C30R21003-25PGT09-C30R20901-25PGT09-C30R20902-9PCablelength3m3m3m3m3m3m3m3m3m3m3m3m3m3m3m3m3m3m3mThird partyproducts✽1GOT connection destinationPLC CPU: CPM2A/CQM1(H)/CS1/CJ1/CJ2H/CP1E/C200HX/C200HG/C200HE/CV500/CV1000/CV2000/CVM1RS-232C adapter: CPM1-CIF01/CPM2C-CIF01-V1Cable: CPM2C-CN111/CQM1-CIF02Serial communication unit/board: CQM1-SCB41/C200HW-COM02/C200HW-COM05/C200HW-COM06/CS1W-SCB21(-V1)/CS1W-SCB41(-V1)/CS1W-SCU21(-V1)/CJ1W-SCU21(-V1)/CJ1W-SCU41(-V1)/CP1W-CIE01Connection cable: CQM1-CIF01Base mount type host link unit: C500-LK201-V1/C200H-LK201-V1PLC CPU: KV-700/1000/3000Multi-communication unit: KV-L20/KV-L20R/KV-L20V (port 1)Multi-communication unit: KV-L20/KV-L20R/KV-L20V (port 2)PLC CPU: JW-22CU/70CUH/100CUH/100CUPLC CPU: JW-32CUH/33CUH/Z-512JRS-232/RS-422 converter: TXU-2051Digital indicating controller: FCR-100/FCD-100/FCR-23A/PC-900/FIR seriesPLC CPU: T2EPLC CPU: T2NPLC CPU: Large-size H series/H200 to 252 series/H series board type/EH-150 seriesIntelligent serial port module: COMM-H/COMM-2HPLC CPU: H-4010/H-252C/EH-150 seriesCommunication module: LQE560/LQE060/LQE160RS-232C interface card: NV1L-RS2RS-232C/485 interface capsule: FFK120A-C10General interface module: NC1L-RS2/FFU120BRS-422→232 conversion adapter: AFP8550PLC CPU: FP2/FP2SH/FP3/FP5/FP10(S)/FP10SH/FP-MComputer communication unit: AFP2462/AFP3462/AFP5462PLC CPU: FP1-C24C/C40CPLC CPU: FP1-C16CT/C32CT/FPORGT16 GT15GT09-C30R20903-9P 3mGT09-C30R20904-3C 3m✽1 : Items listed above are developed by Mitsubishi Electric System & Service Co., LTD., and sold through your local sales office.✽2 : The applicable connection configuration and cable vary depending on the GOT main unit. For more details, see the GOT1000 Series Handbook and the GOT1000 Series Connection Manual.✽3 : RS-422 cables less than 10m and the RS-232 cable less than 3m can be used when the connector conversion box for the Handy GOT is used.✽4 : Can be used only with the GT105M and GT104M.Applicable model ✽2GT12 GT11GT12 GT11HandyGOT GT10✽4✽4HandyGOT GT10✽3✽3✽3✽3✽7✽8✽7✽7✽8✽8✽8✽8✽8✽8Applicable model ✽278 79✽4✽4✽4✽5✽5✽4✽4INDEXFor Designers For Initial Startup & For MaintenanceMELSEC Process Specifications,Operations PersonnelGT10 iQ PlatformControl External DimensionsList of ConnectableModels, etc.

Product listNotes for useCables for third party FA devicesRS-232cableRS-422cableProduct nameCable forYASKAWA Electric PLCCable forYokogawa Electric PLCCable for Yokogawa Electrictemperature controllerCable for Allen-Bradley(Rockwell Automation, Inc.) PLCCable forSiemens AG PLCCable forOMRON PLCCable forKEYENCE PLCCable forSharp ManufacturingSystems PLCCable forJTEKT PLCCable forTOSHIBA PLCCable forHitachi IndustrialEquipment Systems PLCCable forHitachi PLCCable for Fuji Electric FAComponents & SystemsPLCCable forYaskawa Electric PLCCable forYokogawaElectricPLCTemperaturecontrollerModel nameGT09-C30R20201-9PGT09-C30R20202-15PGT09-C30R20203-9PGT09-C30R20204-14PGT09-C30R20205-25PGT09-C30R20301-9PGT09-C30R20302-9PGT09-C30R20305-9SGT09-C30R20304-9SGT09-C30R20701-9SGT09-C30R20801-9SGT09-C30R40101-9PGT09-C100R40101-9PGT09-C200R40101-9PGT09-C300R40101-9PGT09-C30R40102-9PGT09-C100R40102-9PGT09-C200R40102-9PGT09-C300R40102-9PGT09-C30R40103-5TGT09-C100R40103-5TGT09-C200R40103-5TGT09-C300R40103-5TGT09-C30R41101-5TGT09-C100R41101-5TGT09-C200R41101-5TGT09-C300R41101-5TGT09-C30R40601-15PGT09-C100R40601-15PGT09-C200R40601-15PGT09-C300R40601-15PGT09-C30R40602-15PGT09-C100R40602-15PGT09-C200R40602-15PGT09-C300R40602-15PGT09-C30R40603-6TGT09-C100R40603-6TGT09-C200R40603-6TGT09-C300R40603-6TGT09-C30R41201-6CGT09-C100R41201-6CGT09-C200R41201-6CGT09-C300R41201-6CGT09-C30R40501-15PGT09-C100R40501-15PGT09-C200R40501-15PGT09-C300R40501-15PGT09-C30R40502-6CGT09-C100R40502-6CGT09-C200R40502-6CGT09-C300R40502-6CGT09-C30R40503-15PGT09-C100R40503-15PGT09-C200R40503-15PGT09-C300R40503-15PGT09-C30R40401-7TGT09-C100R40401-7TGT09-C200R40401-7TGT09-C300R40401-7TGT09-C30R41301-9SGT09-C100R41301-9SGT09-C200R41301-9SGT09-C300R41301-9SGT09-C30R41001-6TGT09-C100R41001-6TGT09-C200R41001-6TGT09-C300R41001-6TGT09-C30R40201-9PGT09-C100R40201-9PGT09-C200R40201-9PGT09-C300R40201-9PGT09-C30R40202-14PGT09-C100R40202-14PGT09-C200R40202-14PGT09-C300R40202-14PGT09-C30R40301-6TGT09-C100R40301-6TGT09-C200R40301-6TGT09-C300R40301-6TGT09-C30R40302-6TGT09-C100R40302-6TGT09-C200R40302-6TGT09-C300R40302-6TGT09-C30R40303-6TGT09-C100R40303-6TGT09-C200R40303-6TGT09-C300R40303-6TGT09-C30R40304-6TGT09-C100R40304-6TGT09-C200R40304-6TGT09-C300R40304-6TCable Third partylengthproducts✽13m3m3m3m3m3m3m3m3m3m3m3m10m20m30m3m10m20m30m3m10m20m30m3m10m20m30m3m10m20m30m3m10m20m30m3m10m20m30m3m10m20m30m3m10m20m30m3m10m20m30m3m10m20m30m3m10m20m30m3m10m20m30m3m10m20m30m3m10m20m30m3m10m20m30m3m10m20m30m3m10m20m30m3m10m20m30m3m10m20m30mPLC CPU: JW-22CU/70CUH/100CUH/100CUPLC CPU: JW-32CUH/33CUH/Z-512JLink unit: JW-21CM/JW-10CM/ZW-10CMPLC CPU: PC3J/PC3JLCommunication module: PC/CMP2-LINKPLC CPU: T2/T3/T3H/model3000(S3)PLC CPU: T2E/model2000(S2)PLC CPU: T2NIntelligent serial port module: COMM-H/COMM-2HPLC CPU: LQP510Communication module: LQE565/LQE165RS-232C/485 interface capsule: FFK120A-C10General interface module: NC1L-RS4/FFU120BMEMOBUS module: JAMSC-120NOM27100/JAMSC-IF612PLC CPU: MP940GOT connection destinationPLC CPU: GL120/GL130/MP-920/MP-930/CP-9200(H)/PROGIC-8 (port 1)MEMOBUS module: JAMSC-IF60/JAMSC-IF61Communication module: 217IF/CP-217IF (when connected to CN1)/217IF-01/218IF-01PLC CPU: PROGIC-8 (port 2)PLC CPU: CP-9300MSPLC CPU: MP-940MEMOBUS module: CP-217IF (when connected to CN2)Yokogawa Electric personal computer module: LC01-0N/LC02-0NCPU port/D-sub 9-pin conversion cable: KM10-0C/KM10-0SPersonal computer link module: F3LC01-1N/F3LC11-1N/F3LC11-1F/F3LC12-1FPLC CPU: NFCP100/NFJT100Converter: ML2-MPLC CPU: SL500 seriesHMI adapterPLC CPU: CV500/CV1000/CV2000/CVM1Serial communication unit: CJ1W-SCU41Serial communication board: CQM1-SCB41/CS1W-SCB41Communication board: C200HW-COM03/COM06Base mount type host link unit: C200H-LK202-V1/C500-LK201-V1Communication board: CP1W-CIF11/CP1W-CIF12/CJ1W-CIF11Multi-communication unit: KV-L20/KV-L20R/KV-L20V (port 2)Personal computer link module: F3LC11-2NPersonal computer link module: LC02-0NTemperature controller: GREEN seriesTemperature controller: UT2000 seriesGT16 GT15✽1 : Items listed above are developed by Mitsubishi Electric System & Service Co., LTD., and sold through your local sales office.✽2 : The applicable connection configuration and cable vary depending on the GOT main unit. For more details, see the GOT1000 Series Handbook and the GOT1000 Series Connection Manual.✽3 : RS-422 cables less than 10m and the RS-232 cable less than 3m can be used when the connector conversion box for the Handy GOT is used.✽4 : Can be used only with the GT105M and GT104M.✽5 : To connect with RS-422/485 interface of GT16 main unit, an RS-422 conversion cable (GT16-C02R4-9S) is necessary.✽5Applicable model ✽2GT12 GT11HandyGOT GT10✽3✽4✽4✽4Backward compatibilityProject dataGT Designer/GT Designer2 → GT Works3 compatibility ✽Project data created in GT Designer2 can be used in GT Works3.Project data created in GT Designer can be used in GT Works3 after the data isconverted by GT Designer2/GT Designer2 Classic.GOT900 series → GOT1000 series compatibility ✽Using data from the GOT-A900 seriesProject data for the GOT-A900 series can be used in the GOT1000 series.For the details, see Technical Bulletin No.GOT-A-0009 "Precautions when ReplacingGOT-A900 Series with GOT1000 Series".Using data from the GOT-F900 seriesProject data for the GOT-F900 series can be used in the GOT1000 series.For the details, see "Replacement Guidance (for GOT1000 Series) – FromGOT-F900/A950 Handy Series to GOT1000 Series" (JY997D39301).✽Some data and functions cannot be used in the GOT1000 series.Selection of optional units and devicesUsing the optional functions listed in the table below may require optional devices or units as shown. Note that the availability of the function or the required optional units and devices may varydepending on the model of the GOT main unit.Functions not listed in the table below may also require a CF card or a USB memory device depending on the application. For details, see "Function list" (page 70) and "GT Designer3 Version1Screen Design Manual."An optional function board or a CF card may be necessary depending on the function version and hardware version of the GOT main unit or available space of the user area.For details, see "Optional function board, CF card, and USB memory selection " (page 82).: Function that cannot be used on the modelRequired optional units and devicesFunctionGT16 GT16 Handy GT15 GT12 GT11 ✽6 GT10Memory extensionCF cardCF cardOptional function board: GT15-QFNBMM or GT15-MESB48MCF cardMulti-channel function Not necessary Not necessary Optional function board: GT15-QFNB(MM) or GT15-MESB48M NotnecessaryMultimedia unit: GT16M-MMRMultimedia function ✽1CF card for multimediaVideo/RGBfunctionVideo input✽1 ✽2RGB input✽1 ✽2Video input unit: GT16M-V4orVideo/RGB input unit: GT16M-V4R1RGB input unit: GT16M-R2orVideo/RGB input unit: GT16M-V4R1RGB output ✽1 ✽2 RGB output unit: GT16M-ROUTRGB output unit: GT15V-75ROUTCF card unit: GT15-CFCDCF card unit: GT15-CFCDCF card unit/CF card extension unit ororCF card extension unit: GT15-CFEX-C08SETCF card extension unit: GT15-CFEX-C08SETSound output function Sound output unit: GT15-SOUT Sound output unit: GT15-SOUTRGB input unit: GT16M-R2RGB input unit: GT15V-75R1Remote personal computer operationororfunction (serial) ✽1 ✽2Video/RGB input unit: GT16M-V4R1Video/RGB input unit: GT15V-75V4R1External input/output function, External input/output unit: GT15-DIO oroperation panel functionGT15-DIORExternal input/output unit: GT15-DIO or GT15-DIORFile transfer function (FTP client) USB memory device or CF cardUSB memory orCF cardCF cardGateway functionNot necessaryNot necessary Ethernet communication unit: GT15-J71E71-100NotnecessaryMES interface functionOptional function board: GT16-MESBEthernet communication unit: GT15-J71E71-100Optional function board: GT15-MESB48MDocument display functionCF cardCF cardOptional function board: GT15-QFNB(MM) or GT15-MESB48MCF cardOperation log function CF card CF card CF cardBackup/restoration function USB memory device or CF cardUSB memory orCFCF cardCF cardcardNot necessaryMaintenance time notification functionNot necessary(equipped with battery(equipped with battery as standard feature)as standard feature)Battery: GT15-BATCNC data input/output function ✽3 USB memory device or CF card CF cardLadder monitor function ✽4(when using Q/L/QnA ladder monitor Not necessaryNot necessary Optional function board: GT15-QFNB(MM) or GT15-MESB48Mfunction)SFC monitor function ✽4CF cardCF cardOptional function board: GT15-QFNBMM or GT15-MESB48MCF cardMotion SFC monitor function ✽4 CF cardCF cardOptional function board: GT15-QFNBMM or GT15-MESB48MCF cardLadder editor function ✽5CF cardCF cardOptional function board: GT15-QFNBMM or GT15-MESB48MCF cardPrinter unit: GT15-PRN (whenPrinter unit: GT15-PRN (when PictBridge-compatible printer isReport functionPictBridge-compatible printer is used)used)CF cardCF cardSaving files on CF card CF card CF card CF cardCF cardHard copyPrinter unit: GT15-PRN (whenPrinter unit: GT15-PRN (when PictBridge-compatible printer isfunction Printing by printerPictBridge-compatible printer is used)used)✽1 : Excluding the GT16MM-VNBM and GT1655.✽4 : Excluding QVGA of the GT155M.✽2 : For the GT15, only the GT1585V and GT1575V are applicable. ✽5 : Excluding the GT155M.✽3 : Only XGA and SVGA of the GT16 and GT15 are applicable. ✽6 : Including the GT11 Handy.Cables• For details on using the GOT-A900 series bus connection cables, RS-422 cables andRS-232 cables with the GOT1000 series, see Technical Bulletin No.GOT-A-0009.• For details regarding use of the GOT-F900 series RS-422 cable with the GOT1000,please contact your local sales office.• The bus connection cables, RS-422 cables and RS-232 cables for the GOT1000 seriescannot be used for the GOT900 series.(For details regarding use of bus connection cables in systems where both theGOT-A900 and GOT1000 series coexist, see Technical Bulletin No. GOT-A-0009.)Panel cut dimensionsGOT900 series → GOT1000 series compatibility• The A985GOT(-V) and GT1685/GT1585, A975/970GOT(-B) and GT167M/GT157M,F940GOT and GT1655/GT155M/GT115M/GT105M have the same panel dimensions,respectively. Therefore, it is not necessary to change the mounting hole size.• Although the A95M differs in panel cut dimensions from the GT1655, GT155M,GT115M-QMBDQ and GT115M-QMBDA, the GOT900 series model can be replacedwith any of the GOT1000 series ones without changing the mounting hole size.Video input unit: GT15V-75V4orVideo/RGB input unit: GT15V-75V4R1RGB input unit: GT15V-75R1orVideo/RGB input unit: GT15V-75V4R180 81INDEXFor Designers For Initial Startup & For MaintenanceMELSEC Process Specifications,Operations PersonnelGT10 iQ PlatformControl External DimensionsList of ConnectableModels, etc.

Notes for useOptional function board, CF card, and USB memory selection When using the GT16 When using optional functions & extended functionsWhen using the MES interface function, install the optional function board GT16-MESB.No optional boards are necessary when using other functions.Some functions, however, may require a CF card due to OS installation.See below for details. Storage memory (ROM) and operation memory (RAM)The GOT operates by decompressing the OS and project data, which is stored in thestorage memory (ROM), into the operation memory (RAM). Since the GT16 compressessome data before storing it in the storage memory (ROM), the data size becomes largerwhen decompressed in the operation memory (RAM).The GT16 has a 15MB built-in flash memory for storage memory (ROM) as a standard feature.The CF card expands the memory capacity if the OS and project data exceeds 15MB .The GT16 has a 57MB operation memory (RAM) as a standard feature. The operationmemory is not extendable.The built-in flash memory is for "drive C". The CF card is for "drive A (standard)" or "drive B(extension)."Storage memory(ROM)Operation memory(RAM) : Differs depending on the GOT main unit model. Types and capacities of data and CF card selectionThe data types and capacities are as shown in the table below.Decompressingdata from ROM toRAM for operationOperation memoryAB C D E(RAM)Maximum 57MB 1Necessity and capacity of the CF card depends on the data size.Determine the necessity and capacity of the CF card according to the following flow chart.When using the GT15 Storage memory (ROM) and operation memory (RAM)The GOT operates by decompressing the OS and project data, which is stored in the storage memory(ROM), into the operation memory (RAM). The GT15 has a 9MB memory for the storage memory(ROM) and the operation memory (RAM) as a standard feature. When the OS or the project dataexceeds 9MB , use a CF card and an optional function board with expansion memory (GT15-QFNBMMor GT15-MESB48M) to increase the memory capacity.The built-in flash memory is for "drive C". The CF card is for "drive A (standard)" or "drive B (extension)."Storage memory Built-in flash memory Extended byData typeData capacity(ROM)Decompressing9MB CF cardExtended function OS and optional function OSdata from ROM toaCapacity of "GT16(ROM)" in Table A on page 84stored in ROMOperation memoryExtended by optional function board9MB RAM for operationExtended function OS and optional function OS Capacity of "GT16(RAM)" in Table A on page 84 (RAM)(GT15-QFNBMM or GT15-MESB48M)A decompressed in RAM : Differs depending on the GOT main unit model: GT15MM-MTBM: 9MB, GT15MM-VNBM: 5MBB Communication driverCheck with Table B on page 84. Types and capacities of data and CF card selectionC Special dataCheck with a screen design software.The data types and capacities are as shown in the table below.D Project dataCheck with a screen design software.Data typeData capacityE Buffering areaCheck with a screen design software.A Extended function OS, optional function OS Capacity of "GT15" on Table A on page 84B Second communication driver and onwards 150KB for eachAs for the extended function OS and optional function OS, when decompressing thecompressed data a in the storage memory (ROM) to the operation memory (RAM), thedata size becomes larger as shown in A .The buffering area E is an area for storing resource data for the functions such as loggingC Special dataD Project dataE Buffering areaCheck with a screen design software.Check with a screen design software.Check with a screen design software.and advanced alarms. It uses the operation memory (RAM). The data size differs dependingon the setting.When the file save mode is specified in the screen design software, the accumulatedresource data is stored in the designated storage (drive A or B). (The storage memory(ROM) is not used.)If the size of data decompressed on the operation memory (RAM) exceeds 57MB 1 , it isnecessary to reduce, for instance, the project data size or delete unnecessary OS components.The buffering area E is an area for storing resource data for the functions such as loggingand advanced alarms. It uses the operation memory (RAM). The data size differs dependingon the setting.When the file save mode is specified in the screen design software, the accumulatedresource data is stored in the designated storage (drive A or B). (The storage memory(ROM) is not used.)If the size of data decompressed on the operation memory (RAM) exceeds 57MB 1 , it isDecompressing necessary to reduce, for instance, the project data size or delete unnecessary OS components.Storage memory a B C Ddata from ROM to(ROM)Storage memoryDecompressingRAM for operation(ROM)AB C Ddata from ROM toRAM for operationOperation memory(RAM)AB C D ECheck the total size of following data.a A B C D EA + B + C + D + E ≤ 57MB 1 NoYesa + B + C + D ≤ 15MB 2YesBuilt-in flash memory15MB No57MB Extended byCF carda + B + C ≤ 15MB 2Yes1 : Depending on the GOT main unit model.GT16MM-MTBM, GT16 Handy: 57MB,GT16MM-VNBM: 53MBData size is too large.Reduce project data ordelete unnecessary OS.2 : Depending on the GOT main unit model.GT16MM-MTBM, GT16 Handy: 15MB,GT16MM-VNBM: 11MBNo When using optional functions & extended functionsWhen using the following function, install the optional function board GT15-MESB48M.• MES interface functionWhen using the following function, install the optional function board GT15-QFNBMM or GT15-MESB48M.• SFC monitor function • Motion SFC monitor functionWhen using the following functions, install the optional function board GT15-QFNB(MM) orGT15-MESB48M.• Multi-channel function • Document display function• MELSEC-Q/L/QnA ladder monitor functionThe following GOT requires no optional function boards when using optional functionsother than above.• GT15: hardware version D or laterTo activate the built-in optional function board in the GOT, it is necessary to installthe standard monitor OS on the GOT using GT Designer Version 2.55H or later.Some functions, however, require an optional function board with expansion memory(GT15-QFNBMM or GT15-MESB48M) and a CF card.See below for details.Maximum 57MB 1Necessity and capacity of the optional function board with expansion memory and the CF carddepends on the data size. Determine the necessity and capacity of the optional function boardwith expansion memory and the CF card according to the following flow chart.Check the total size of following data.A B C D EA + B + C + D + E ≤ 57MB 1 NoYesA + B + C + D + E ≤ 9MB 2 NoYesOptional function board with expansion memoryis necessary. Select Optional function boardwith expansion memory with larger capacitythan A + B + C + D + E – 9MB 21: Depending on the GOT main unit model.GT15MM-MTBM: 57MB,GT15MM-VNBM: 53MBData size is too large.Reduce project data ordelete unnecessary OS.2: Depending on the GOT main unitmodel.GT15MM-MTBM: 9MB,GT15MM-MNBM: 5MBWhen using the GT12 When using optional functions & extended functionsThe optional function board is not required when using the optional functions or extendedfunctions.Some functions, however, may require a CF card due to OS installation.See below for details. Storage memory (ROM) and operation memory (RAM)The GOT operates by decompressing the OS and project data, which is stored in thestorage memory (ROM), into the operation memory (RAM).The GT12 has a 9MB built-in flash memory for storage memory (ROM) as a standardfeature.The CF card expands the memory capacity if the OS and project data exceeds 9MB.Up to 6MB of project data can be stored in the storage memory (ROM) or a CF card. Whenstoring the project data to the storage memory (ROM), the maximum size of the projectdata may be less than 6MB depending on the data size of the extended function OS,optional function OS, and communication drivers.The GT12 has a 12MB operation memory (RAM) as a standard feature. The operationmemory is not extendable.The extended function OS, optional function OS, and communication drivers occupy 6MBof the operation memory (RAM). The remaining 6MB of the operation memory (RAM) isused for the project data and the buffering area.Storage memory(ROM)Operation memory(RAM)The built-in flash memory is for "drive C". The CF card is for "drive A (standard)". Types and capacities of data and CF card selectionThe data types and capacities are as shown in the table below.Data typeExtended function OS and optional function OSa stored in ROMExtended function OS and optional function OSA decompressed in RAMB Communication driverD Project dataE Buffering areaDecompressingdata from ROM toRAM for operationData capacityCapacity of "GT12(ROM)" in Table A on page 84Capacity of "GT12(RAM)" in Table A on page 84Check with Table B on page 84.As for the extended function OS and optional function OS, when decompressing thecompressed data a in the storage memory (ROM) to the operation memory (RAM), thedata size becomes larger as shown in A .Up to 6MB of the operation memory (RAM) can be used for the total of the data A and the data B .The buffering area E is an area for storing resource data for the functions such as loggingand advanced alarms. It uses the operation memory (RAM). The data size differsdepending on the setting.When the file save mode is specified in the screen design software, the accumulatedresource data is stored in the designated storage (drive A). (The storage memory (ROM) isnot used.)Up to 6MB of the operation memory (RAM) can be used for the total of the project data Dand the buffering area E . If the total data size exceeds 6MB, it is necessary to reduce,for instance, the project data size or delete unnecessary OS.Storage memory(ROM)Operation memory(RAM)Necessity and capacity of the CF card depends on the data size.Determine the necessity and capacity of the CF card according to the following flow chart.Check the total size of following data.a B D ED + E ≤ 6MBBuilt-in flash memory9MBNo12MBa B DABThe project data size istoo large. Reduceproject data.Extended byCF cardMaximum 6MB Maximum 6MBMaximum 12MBCheck with a screen design software.Check with a screen design software.DEDecompressingdata from ROM toRAM for operationWhen using the GT11 When using optional functionsSince the following GOT models have a built-in optional function board (GT11-50FNB), it isunnecessary to mount an optional function board to use optional functions shown in Table A .• GT115M-QMBDQ • GT115M-QMBDA • GT1155-QTBD• GT115MHS-QMBD: Version B or later • GT115M-QMBD: Version C or later CF card capacitiesThe CF card capacities are as follows. FAT16 format: max. 2GB, FAT32 format: not usableINDEXFor Designers For Initial Startup & For MaintenanceMELSEC Process Specifications,Operations PersonnelGT10 iQ PlatformControl External Dimensionsa B C DStore in built-in flashmemory (drive C)CF card not necessarya B CStore in built-in flashmemory (drive C)DStore in CF card(drive A or B)CF card necessarySelect CF card withlarger capacitythan D .a B C DStore in CF card (drive A)(not on drive B)CF card necessarySelect CF card withlarger capacity thana + B + C + D+standard monitor OS (12MB) : When storing the extended function OS and optional function OS in the CF card (drive A), the standardmonitor OS (standard monitor OS, standard font, etc.) needs to be stored in the CF card (drive A). CF card and USB memory capacitiesThe CF card and USB memory capacities are as follows.FAT16 format: max. 2GB, FAT32 format: max. 32GB.(Boot OS and standard monitor OS of GT Designer3 Ver.1.17T or later must be installed inorder to use a CF card or USB memory with a capacity exceeding 2GB. Such CF cards andUSB memories cannot be used with GT Works2 / GT Designer2.)Optional function board withexpansion memory is notnecessary.A B C DStore in built-in flashmemory (drive C)CF card not necessaryA + B + C + D ≤ 9MB 2YesA B C DStore in built-in flashmemory (drive C)CF card not necessary3: When storing the extended function OS andoptional function OS in the CF card (drive A), thestandard monitor OS (standard monitor OS,standard font, first communication driver, etc.)needs to be stored in the CF card (drive A).NoA + B + C ≤ 9MB 2CF card necessarySelect CF card withlarger capacitythan D .CF card necessarySelect CF card withlarger capacity thanA + B + C + D+standard monitor OS(6MB) 3 CF card capacitiesThe CF card capacities are as follows. FAT16 format: max. 2GB, FAT32 format: not usableABYesCStore in built-in flashmemory (drive C)DStore in CF card(drive A or B)NoA B C DStore in CF card(drive A) (not on drive B)Yesa + B + D ≤ 9MBYesa B DStore in built-in flashmemory (drive C)CF card not necessaryNoa BStore in built-in flashmemory (drive C)DStore in CF card(drive A)CF card necessarySelect CF card withlarger capacitythan D .a B DStore in CF card (drive A)CF card necessarySelect CF card withlarger capacity thana + B + D+standard monitor OS (6MB) : When storing the extended function OS and optional function OS in the CF card (drive A), the standardmonitor OS (standard monitor OS, standard font, etc.) needs to be stored in the CF card (drive A). CF card capacitiesThe CF card capacities are as follows. FAT16 format: max. 2GB, FAT32 format: not usableORList of ConnectableModels, etc.82 83

Notes for useTable AExtended functionsOptional functionsBarcode13RFID13System monitor13ReportPrinter (PictBridge)Printer (serial)Device name conversion library12 14StrokefontVideo displayVideo/RGBRGB displayMultimediaRemote personal computer operation (Ethernet)Remote personalcomputeroperation (serial)Backup/restoration13OperatorOperator authenticationauthenticationUSB mouse/keyboard functionAudio outputExternal I/O, operation panelCNC data CNC data input/outputinput/output GOT platform libraryDevice data transferMELSEC-L troubleshooting functionSoftGOT-GOT link functionLog viewer functionFile transfer function (FTP client)Maintenance time notificationMulti-channel13ChineseregionOperation logDocument displayKana-Kanji conversionKana-Kanji conversion (enhanced version)Historical data list display3 13Historical trend graph3 13Logging4 13Recipe13Advanced recipeObject script4LaddermonitorUsed capacity of extended functional OS and optional function OSUser area size to be used (KB)FunctionGT16/GT1213GT15 GT11Stroke font support functionStroke basic font (Japanese)Stroke basic font (Japanese) (with Hangul)Stroke basic font (Chinese: Simplified)Stroke basic font (Chinese: Simplified) (with Hangul)A list editor13FX list editor13Intelligent unit monitorNetwork monitorVideo/RGBRemote personal computer operation (serial)Standard font (Chinese: Simplified)Standard font (Chinese: Traditional)Standard font (Japanese)Stroke font (Japanese)Stroke font (Chinese: Simplified)Stroke font (Chinese: Traditional)MELSEC-A ladder monitorMELSEC-FX ladder monitorMELSEC-Q/L/QnA ladder monitorMELSEC-A list editorMELSEC-FX list editorTo use the multi-channel function The multi-channel function is designed to connect and monitor multiple FA devices by mounting multiple communication units on a single GOT unit or by using the standard interface. Acceptable combinationsThe following connection combinations can be used for the multi-channel function.When using GT16:qBus connection or network connection 1 + serial connection 2wBus connection or network connection 1 + Ethernet connection 3eEthernet connection 3 + serial connection 2rBus connection or network connection 1 + Ethernet connection 3 + serial connection 2tSerial connection 2yEthernet connection 3 GT16 Handy can be connected only by methods e or y.When using GT15:qBus connection, network connection 1 , or Ethernet connection 3 + serial connection 2wSerial connection 2When using GT12:qEthernet connection 3 + serial connection 2wSerial connection 21: The network connections include the following connection configurations.• MELSECNET/H connection • MELSECNET/10 connection• CC-Link IE Controller Network connection • CC-Link IE Field Network connection• CC-Link connection (ID)2: The serial connections include the following connection configurations.• CPU direct connection • Computer link connection • CC-Link connection (via G4)• Microcomputer connection (serial) • Connection with third party PLCs (serial)• Temperature controller connection • Inverter connection • Servo amplifier connection• CNC connection (CPU direct connection) • GOT multi-drop connection• MODBUS ® /RTU connection • Robot controller connection (serial)3: The Ethernet connections include the following connection configurations.• Ethernet connection • MODBUS ® /TCP connection • Third party PLC connection (Ethernet)• Robot controller connection (Ethernet) • CNC connection (Ethernet)• Microcomputer connection (Ethernet)RAM84166692235110420080040021603175147420164801074513048084766730200200100383200100770200388213002212801920128010371248168012213072None2774227101001187360674674417010241024770370ROM50504501505528040030021603175147420162982928602925042046080100702107750340100143430022128019201280103712481680384150None124222380703101803423425905425423902108416674623511042008004002160317514742016512NoneNone51284820784None200100437100100None200None1300221280192012801037124816801218204812232774227401001241360523592108210581058384324111NoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNone1NoneNoneNoneNoneNone11NoneNoneOptional functionsFunctionQ motion monitorServo amplifier monitorCNC monitorSFC monitor7Motion SFCmonitor10Laddereditor8GatewayMES interface1 : Requires installation of the optional function OS and extended function OS, but does not use the user area.2 : Installation of the optional function OS is not required.3 : It is necessary to specify the logging function and install the optional function OS (logging) in advance.4 : Necessary when using the GOT project data that is automatically created by PX Developer (Ver. 1.15 or later).For details, see "PX Developer Version 1 Operating Manual (GOT Screen Generator)(SH-080772ENG)."5 : To use the SFC monitor, free space of 6202KB or more is necessary in the user area of the specified drivefor installing the extension function OS and optional function OS. The total capacity of the memorynecessary for using the SFC monitor is 14393KB. Due to the above, the setting shown in Table 1 isnecessary depending on the GOT to be used.GOTNecessary setting· Set boot source of OS to "A: standard CF card."GT157M-VN, GT1562-VN· Memory extension (install optional function board with expansion memory)Other than above · Memory extension (install optional function board with expansion memory)For setting the boot source of the OS, see "GT Designer3 Version1 Screen Design Manual(Fundamentals)."6 : To use the ladder editor, free space of 9950KB or more is necessary in the user area of the specifieddrive for installing the extension function OS and optional function OS. The total capacity of the memorynecessary for using the ladder editor is 21212KB. For the above reasons, when using the ladder editor,specify "A: Standard CF card" for the OS boot source, and mount an optional function board with amemory capacity of 16MB or more.7 : To use the SFC monitor, it is necessary to install all of the GOT platform library, SFC monitor and GOTfunction extension library.8 : To use the ladder editor, it is necessary to install all of the GOT platform library, ladder editor and GOTfunction extension library.9 : The operation of the MES interface function uses 8218KB of the extended memory(GT15-MESB48M(48MB)) of GT15's operation memory.10 : To use the motion SFC monitor, it is necessary to install all of the GOT platform library and motion SFCmonitor.11 : To use the motion SFC monitor, free space of 2577KB or more is necessary in the user area of the specifieddrive for installing the extended function OS and optional function OS. The total capacity of the memorynecessary for using the motion SFC monitor is 12622KB. For the above reasons, mount an optional functionboard with a memory capacity of 16MB or more.12 : The device name conversion library (extended function) is required when confirming the trigger device on theGOT using the backup/restoration function and when outputting the device name using the operation log function.13 : Function usable with the GT12.14 : The GT12 user usage area is as follows. RAM: 500KB, ROM: 250KBTable BUnits connectedMitsubishi PLC,motion controller,robot controller,CNCGOT platform librarySFC monitorGOT function extension libraryGOT platform libraryMotion SFC monitorGOT platform libraryLadder editorGOT function extension libraryGateway (server, client)Gateway (mail)Gateway (FTP server)13Third party PLC,motion controllerMicrocomputerCommunication drivers other than aboveCommunication driver nameBus connection QA/QnA/L/QCPU, LJ71C24, QJ71C24MELSEC-FXMELSECNET/HCC-Link IE Controller NetworkCC-Link IE Field NetworkJTEKT Corporation TOYOPUC-PCEthernet (Yaskawa Electric Corporation)Microcomputer connection, Ethernet (microcomputer)User area size to be used (KB)GT16/GT1213RAM ROMGT15 GT11770 390 607 None770 390 524 None770 390 588 None200 77 100 5 None2108 442 1373 5 None19381 4729 4729 5 None200 77 100 11 None12522 1240 2477 11 None200 77 100 6 None8192 2567 5121 6 None19381 4729 4729 6 None100 50 100 None100 50 100 None84 50 64 None13461 1598 3196 9 NoneCapacity of GT16/GT12 communication driverCapacity (KB)180180180200200230160160230150 Maximum number of connectable channels, mountableunits and mounting stages(1) Number of connectable channelsThe number of connectable channels varies depending on the GOT model.See Table C on the following page.(2) Number of mountable units and mounting stagesWhen the multi-channel function is used, add interfaces to the GOT using any of thefollowing methods.(a) Stack communication units on the extension interface.(b) Mount communication units on the extension interface to use the unit incombination with the standard interface. The number of mountable units andmounting stages vary depending on the GOT model. See Table C on the followingpage.: The performance of GOT may be affected depending on the configuration of connected devices.: Up to two channels can be connected to the GT12.: No communication units can be mounted on the GT12. Optional function boardNot necessary when using the GT16 and GT12.The GT15 requires an optional function board. Use the optional function boardGT15-QFNB(MM) or GT15-MESB48M. The GT15-FNB cannot be used. Communication driverA communication driver must be installed for each of the connection configurations.For the GT16, the communication driver is installed in the user area.For the GT15, communication drivers for the second and subsequent channels will beinstalled in the user area.For the GT12, the communication driver is installed in the system area.Table CNumber of(1) connectablechannels(2)Number ofmountableunitsNumber ofmountingstagesGT1695/GT1685/GT1595/GT1585/GT1655GT155MGT167M/GT166MGT157M/GT156MUp to 5 units Up to 3 units Up to 5 unitsUp to 3 stages(2 slots)Up to 4 channelsUp to 3 stages(1 slot)Up to 3 stages(2 slots)Up to2 channelsUp to3 unitsUp to3 stages(1 slot)HandyGT16Up to4 channelsNo unitscan bemountedNo unitscan bemounted4 : Ethernet download function, gateway function, MES interface function, filetransfer function (FTP client), remote personal computer function (Ethernet)5 : Barcode reader, RFID controller, personal computer (remote personalcomputer function [serial], FA transparent function, OS write, and projectdata write), and printer (serial)GT1695GT1685GT167MGT166MGT1655GT1595GT1585(incl. GT1585V)GT157M(incl. GT1575V)GT156MGT155MUp to2 channelsNo unitscan bemountedNo unitscan bemountedDescriptionThe number of communication ports (communication units and interfaces) for use for communication on the GOT.• Only one channel per one GOT can be connected in the bus connection (excluding GT12) and network connection.• When the Ethernet interface built into the GOT (GT16/GT12) or the Ethernet communication unit (GT15) is used forfunctions other than communication with the connected device 4 , the interface is not included in the number ofconnected channels.• The number of channels does not include the interface used for connection with external devices. 5• Ethernet connection is available for up to four channels.Calculation of current consumed by units The number of units that can be mounted on extension interfaces 1 and 2 of the GOT.• More than one serial communication unit 6 of the same model can be mounted.• Optional units are included in the number of units.• RS-422 conversion units are not included in the number of units. (The RS-422conversion unit cannot be used with GT1655 and GT155M.)• It is necessary to calculate the total current consumed by the units to be mounted.The number of mounting stages that units can be stacked on extension interfaces 1and 2 of GOT.• Units that occupy two slots 7 8 must be mounted on the first stage.• When any units in 8 are used, mount the unit on the first stage, then mount otherunits on the second or subsequent stages.• Units in 9 cannot be stacked on other units. Mount units on the first stage.See "Calculation ofcurrent consumed by units< GT16/GT15>" (page 85).See "Externaldimensions" (page 61) and"Mounting units on theGOT side interface" (page 85).6 : GT15-RS2-9P, GT15-RS4-9S and GT15-RS4-TE7 : GT15-QBUS2, GT15-ABUS2, GT15-J71LP23-25, GT15-J71BR13, GT15-J61BT13, GT15-J71GP23-SX8 : GT16M-V4, GT15V-75V4, GT16M-R2, GT15V-75R1, GT16M-V4R1, GT15V-75V4R1, GT16M-ROUT, GT15V-75ROUT, GT16M-MMR9 : GT15-75QBUSL, GT15-75QBUS2L, GT15-75ABUSL, GT15-75ABUS2L, GT15-75J71LP23-Z, GT15-75J71BR13-Z, GT15-75J61BT13-ZMounting units on the GOT interface (On GT16 Handy, no units can be mounted because it does not haveExtension interface 1extension interface 1 or 2.)3rd stageExtension interface 2 (GT1655 and GT155M has the extension interface 1 only)Up to 3 communication units and optional units can be mounted on each extension2nd stageinterface.1st stageNumber of connectable channels, number of mountable units and number of mountable stages when the multi-channel function is usedMount a unit that occupies two slots on the first stage.However, when any of the following units are used, mount the unit on the first stage,then mount other units on the second and subsequent stages.For GT16 (Only one of these units can be mounted on the GT16 except GT16MM-VNBM and GT1655)GT16M-V4, GT16M-R2, GT16-V4R1, GT16-ROUT, GT16M-MMRFor GT15 (Only one of these units can be mounted on the GT1585V and GT1575V)GT15V-75V4, GT15V-75R1, GT15V-75V4R1, GT15V-75ROUTThe following units must not be stacked on other units. Mount any of them on the first stage.GT15-75QBUSL, GT15-75QBUS2L, GT15-75ABUSL, GT15-75ABUS2LGT15-75J71LP23-Z, GT15-75J71BR13-Z, GT15-75J61BT13-Z (GT16 or GT155M cannot be used.)Instructions for mounting and removing the GT15-CFCDAn extension unit cannot be mounted on a CF card unit.When extension units are mounted, mount the CF card unit on the last stage.When mounting a CF card unit on extension interface 1 (left), ensure that the number ofextension units mounted on extension interface 2 (right) is smaller than the number on theextension interface 1 (left). Otherwise, the CF card cannot be inserted or removed.Remove the CF card unit in the designated direction (PULL) to prevent damage to the connector.Standard interface (built-in RS-232 interface)The interface can establish a serial connection with connected devices and peripheral devices, such as a barcode reader.Standard interface (built-in Ethernet interface) (GT16 only)The interface can establish a connection with connected devices via Ethernet.Standard interface (built-in RS-422/485 interface) (GT16 only)The interface can establish a serial connection with connected devices.When using multiple units, a barcode reader, and a RFID controller, the total current consumed by the units, barcode reader and RFIDcontroller must be less than the current that can be supplied by the GOT. Design the system using the following values so that the totalcurrent is within the range of the current supply capacity of the GOT.(1) Current that can be supplied by the GOTCurrent supplyGOT modelcapacity (A)2.42.42.42.41.32.131.742.22.21.3(Example: GT1685)GT12(2) Current used by units, barcode reader and RFID controllerUnit modelConsumedConsumedUnit modelcurrent (A)current (A)GT15-QBUSBarcode reader2GT15-QBUS2GT15-PRN0.090.2751GT15-75QBUSLGT16M-V40.12 1GT15-75QBUS2LGT15V-75V40.2 1GT15-ABUSGT16M-R20 1GT15-ABUS2GT15V-75R10.12GT15-75ABUSLGT16M-V4R10.2 10.12 1GT15-75ABUS2LGT15V-75V4R10.2 1GT15-RS2-9P0.29 GT16M-ROUT0.11 1GT15-RS4-9S0.33 GT15V-75ROUT0.11GT15-RS4-TE0.3 GT16M-MMR0.27 1GT15-RS2T4-9P0.098 GT15-CFCD0.07GT15-J71E71-1000.224 GT15-CFEX-C08SET 0.15GT15-J71GP23-SX 1.07 GT15-SOUT0.08GT15-J71GF13-T20.96 GT15-DIO0.1GT15-J71LP23-250.56 GT15-DIOR0.1GT15-J71BR130.77 RFID controller2GT15-J61BT130.561 : This value is used for calculating the current consumption of multi-channel functions.For the specifications of each unit, see the manual supplied with each unit.2 : When using a barcode reader or a RFID controller to which the power is suppliedfrom the standard interface, add the current to be used by the barcode reader orRFID controller at 5VDC. (Maximum: less than 0.3A)(3) Calculation exampleWhen GT15-J71BR13, GT15-RS4-9S (3 units), andbarcode reader (0.12A) are connected to a GT1695.3rd stage2nd stage1st stageCurrent supplycapacity of GOT (A)GT15-RS4-9SSerial connection [4ch]GT15-RS4-9S GT15-RS4-9SSerial connection [2ch] Serial connection [3ch]GT15-J71BR13MELSECNET/H connection [1ch]GT1695 main unitBarcode readerUnit occupyingtwo slotsEx.: GT15-QBUS22 slots (1st stage)are occupied.Total current to be consumed (A)2.4 0.77+0.33+0.33+0.33+0.12=1.88Since the total current is within the current supply capacity ofthe GOT, the units can be used.84 85INDEXFor Designers For Initial Startup & For MaintenanceMELSEC Process Specifications,Operations PersonnelGT10 iQ PlatformControl External DimensionsList of ConnectableModels, etc.

Notes for useWarrantyPCOSMELSOFT GT Works3 (English version) operating environmentCPURequired memoryDisplayAvailable harddisk spaceDisplay colorsSoftwareItemOthersApplicable GOT✽1 : Installation requires administrator authority. Simulating the GOT-A900 requires administrator authority.✽2 : Installation requires administrator authority. Using GT Works3 requires an account higher than thestandard user.To use GT Works3 with another application, if an administrator account is used to run the applicationthen use an administrator account to run GT Works3.Simulating the GOT-A900 requires administrator authority.✽3 : The following functions are not supported:Compatibility Mode, Fast User Switching, Desktop Theme (Font) Change, Remote DesktopGT SoftGOT1000 Version3 (English version) operating environmentItemPersonal computerOSCPURequired memoryDisplayFree hard disk space ✽1Display colorsHardware ✽6SoftwareOther• Microsoft ® Windows ® 2000 ProfessionalService Pack 4 or later (English, Simplified Chinese,Traditional Chinese, Korean, German versions) ✽1• Microsoft ® Windows ® XP ProfessionalService Pack 2 or later (English, Simplified Chinese,Traditional Chinese, Korean, German versions) ✽1✽3✽4• Microsoft ® Windows ® XP Home EditionService Pack 2 or later (English, Simplified Chinese,Traditional Chinese, Korean, German versions) ✽1✽3✽41 GHz or more recommended512 MB or more recommended 1 GB or more recommendedResolution XGA (1024 × 768 dots) or moreTo install GT Designer3: 2 GB or more recommendedTo run GT Designer3: 512 MB or more recommendedHigh Color (16 bits) or moreDescriptionWith DOS/V personal computerDetailsPC/AT compatible machine on which the following OS operates• Microsoft ® Windows Vista ® Ultimate (English, Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Korean, German versions) ✽2✽3✽4• Microsoft ® Windows Vista ® Enterprise (English, Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Korean, German versions) ✽2✽3✽4• Microsoft ® Windows Vista ® Business (English, Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Korean, German versions) ✽2✽3✽4• Microsoft ® Windows Vista ® Home Premium (English, Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Korean, German versions) ✽2✽3✽4• Microsoft ® Windows Vista ® Home Basic (English, Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Korean, German versions) ✽2✽3✽4• Microsoft ® Windows ® 7 Ultimate (English, Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Korean, German versions) ✽2✽3✽5✽9✽10• Microsoft ® Windows ® 7 Enterprise (English, Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Korean, German versions) ✽2✽3✽5✽9✽10• Microsoft ® Windows ® 7 Professional (English, Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Korean, German versions) ✽2✽3✽5✽9✽10• Microsoft ® Windows ® 7 Home Premium (English, Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Korean, German versions) ✽2✽3✽9✽10• Microsoft ® Windows ® 7 Starter (English, Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Korean, German versions) ✽2✽3✽4Simulation on a PC requires the following software:• GX Works2 version 1.12N or later ✽6 or GX Simulator version 5.00A or later ✽6 .✽The applicable software version of GX Works2 or GX Simulator varies depending on the PLC CPU to be simulated.PLC CPU to be simulatedQCPU (A mode), ACPU, motion controller CPU (A series)QnACPUFX0 series, FX0N series, FX0S series, FX1 series, FX1N series, FX1NC series, FX1S series,FX2 series, FX2C series, FX2N series, FX2NC seriesQCPU (Q mode) (excluding Q00J, Q00, and Q01 CPUs)Q00JCPU, Q00CPU, Q01CPUQ02PHCPU, Q06PHCPUQ12PHCPU, Q25PHCPUQ12PRHCPU, Q25PRHCPUFX3UC SeriesFX3U Series ✽7FX3G Series ✽7Q00UJCPU, Q00UCPU, Q01UCPU, Q02UCPU, Q03UDCPU, Q04UDHCPU, Q06UDHCPU,Q10UDHCPU, Q13UDHCPU, Q20UDHCPU, Q26UDHCPU, Q03UDECPU, Q04UDEHCPU,Q06UDEHCPU, Q10UDEHCPU, Q13UDEHCPU, Q20UDEHCPU, Q26UDEHCPULCPUQ50UDEHCPU, Q100UDEHCPUPC/AT compatible machine on which thefollowing OS operatesWith PC CPU moduleGX SimulatorVersion 5.00A or laterVersion 5.40E or laterVersion 6.00A or laterVersion 7.20W or laterVersion 6.10L or laterVersion 6.20W or laterVersion 7.08J or laterVersion 7.22Y or laterVersion 7.23Z or laterMouse, keyboard, printer, CD-ROM drive, sound function (sound card) ✽8 and loudspeakers ✽8 used with the above OSGOT1000 SeriesCONTEC PC CPU unit(PPC-852-212, PPC-852-217,PPC-852-226) ✽7Microsoft ® Windows ® 2000 Professional Service Pack 4 or later (English, Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Korean, German versions)✽2 ✽4Microsoft ® Windows ® XP Professional Service Pack 2 or later (English, Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Korean, German versions)✽3 ✽4 ✽9Microsoft ® Windows ® XP Home Edition Service Pack 2 or later (English, Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Korean, German versions)✽3 ✽4 ✽9Microsoft ® Windows ® XP Embedded (English, Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Korean, German versions)✽3 ✽4 ✽8Microsoft ® Windows Vista ® Ultimate (English, Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Korean, German versions)✽3 ✽4 ✽9Microsoft ® Windows Vista ® Enterprise (English, Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Korean, German versions)✽3 ✽4 ✽9Microsoft ® Windows Vista ® Business (English, Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Korean, German versions)✽3 ✽4 ✽9Microsoft ® Windows Vista ® Home Premium (English, Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Korean, German versions)✽3 ✽4 ✽9Microsoft ® Windows Vista ® Home Basic (English, Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Korean, German versions)✽3 ✽4 ✽9Microsoft ® Windows ® 7 Ultimate (English, Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Korean, German versions)✽3 ✽4 ✽12 ✽13 ✽14Microsoft ® Windows ® 7 Enterprise (English, Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Korean, German versions)✽3 ✽4 ✽12 ✽13 ✽14Microsoft ® Windows ® 7 Professional (English, Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Korean, German versions)✽3 ✽4 ✽12 ✽13 ✽14Microsoft ® Windows ® 7 Home Premium (English, Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Korean, German versions)✽3 ✽4 ✽13 ✽14Microsoft ® Windows ® 7 Starter (English, Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Korean, German versions)✽3 ✽4 ✽9Recommended: 1GHz or moreOther than Microsoft ® Windows Vista ® , Microsoft ® Windows ® 7: 512MB or moreMicrosoft ® Windows Vista ® , Microsoft ® Windows ® 7: 1GB or more recommendedResolution of VGA (640 × 480 dots) or moreFor installation: 2GB or more recommendedFor execution: 512MB or more recommendedHigh Color (16 bit) or moreGT15-SGTKEY-U (License key (for USB port)) GT15-SGTKEY-U (License keyGT15-SGTKEY-P (License key (for parallel port)) (for USB port))When creating or editing project data : GT Designer3 ✽5When using with PX Developer : PX Developer Version 1.14Q or laterGT Designer3 Version 1.01B or laterMouse, keyboard, printer, CD-ROM drive, sound function (sound speaker), or speaker✽4 : Only the 32-bit OS is applicable.✽5 : Windows XP Mode is not supported.✽6 : Use GT Simulator3, GX Developer, GX Simulator, and GX Works2 of the same language version.✽7 : The GOT-A900 cannot be simulated.✽8 : May be required when the simulation function is used.✽9 : Windows Touch features are not supported.✽10 : The 32-bit OS and the 64-bit OS NEW are applicable.SpecificationItemResolution(dots)Display colorsMemory capacityConnectionconfiguration ✽10GX Works2Version 1.24A or laterVersion 1.12N or laterVersion 1.24A or laterVersion 1.12N or laterVersion 1.24A or laterVersion 1.30G or laterDescription640 × 480, 800 × 600, 1024 × 768,1280 × 1024, 1600 × 1200Specifiable resolution (640 to 1920 × 480to 1200)65,536 colors57MBBus connection ✽11 , CPU direct connection,computer link connection,CC-Link IE Controller Network connection,CC-Link IE Field Network connection,MELSECNET connection, Ethernet connection✽1 : Use of GT Designer3 and PX Developer requires additional memoryspace. For free space required when using the PX Developer monitoringtool, refer to the PX Developer Version1 Operation Manual (MonitorTool). Additional memory space is also required when usinguser-created applications.✽2 : Administrator authority is required to install GT SoftGOT1000.✽3 : Administrator authority is required to install and operate GTSoftGOT1000.✽4 : The following functions are not supported.• Compatibility Mode • Fast User Switching• Desktop Theme (Font) Change • Remote Desktop✽5 : GT Designer3 and GT SoftGOT1000 must be installed from the sameGT Works3 suite.✽6 : The PC must be equipped with a USB port to use the GT15-SGTKEY-U.The PC must be equipped with a parallel port (Centro/printer connector)to use the GT15-SGTKEY-P.✽7 : For CONTEC PC CPU unit, refer to the manual for the PC CPU module.✽8 : Use is possible only when PPC-852-226 is preinstalled.✽9 : Supported only by the 32-bit OS.✽10 : The required devices vary depending on the connection configuration.✽11 : Connectable only when using a PC CPU unit.✽12 : Windows XP Mode is not supported.✽13 : Windows Touch features are not supported.✽14 : The 32-bit OS and the 64-bit OS NEW are applicable.Please confirm the following product warranty details before using this product.Gratis Warranty Term and GratisWarranty RangeIf any faults or defects (hereinafter "Failure") found to be theresponsibility of Mitsubishi occurs during use of the productwithin the gratis warranty term, the product shall be repaired atno cost via the sales representative or Mitsubishi ServiceCompany.However, if repairs are required onsite at domestic or overseaslocation, expenses to send an engineer will be solely at thecustomer's discretion. Mitsubishi shall not be held responsiblefor any re-commissioning, maintenance, or testing on-site thatinvolves replacement of the failed module.■Gratis Warranty TermThe gratis warranty term of the product shall be for thirty-six(36) months after the date of purchase or delivery to adesignated place.Note that after manufacture and shipment from Mitsubishi, themaximum distribution period shall be six (6) months, and thelongest gratis warranty term after manufacturing shall beforty-two (42) months. The gratis warranty term of repair partsshall not exceed the gratis warranty term before repairs.■Gratis Warranty Range(1) The customer shall be responsible for the primary failurediagnosis unless otherwise specified.If requested by the customer, Mitsubishi ElectricCorporation or its representative firm may carry out theprimary failure diagnosis at the customer's expense.The primary failure diagnosis will, however, be free ofcharge should the cause of failure be attributable toMitsubishi Electric Corporation.(2) The range shall be limited to normal use within the usagestate, usage methods, usage environment, etc. which followthe conditions, precautions, etc. given in the instructionmanual, user's manual, caution labels on the product, etc.(3) Even within the gratis warranty term, repairs shall becharged for in the following cases.1Failure occurring from inappropriate storage or handling,carelessness or negligence by the user. Failure causedby the user's hardware or software design.2Failure caused by unapproved modifications, etc., to theproduct by the user.3When the Mitsubishi product is assembled into a user'sdevice, Failure that could have been avoided iffunctions or structures, judged as necessary in the legalsafety measures the user's device is subject to or asnecessary by industry standards, had been provided.4Failure that could have been avoided if consumableparts designated in the user's manual etc. had beencorrectly serviced or replaced.5Replacing consumable parts such as the battery,backlight and fuses.6Failure caused by external irresistible forces such asfires or abnormal voltages, and Failure caused by forcemajeure such as earthquakes, lightning, wind and waterdamage.7Failure caused by reasons unpredictable by scientifictechnology standards at time of shipment fromMitsubishi.8Any other failure found not to be the responsibility ofMitsubishi or that admitted not to be so by the user.Onerous repair term after discontinuationof production(1) Mitsubishi shall accept onerous product repairs for seven(7) years after production of the product is discontinued.Discontinuation of production shall be notified withMitsubishi Technical Bulletins, etc.(2) Product supply (including repair parts) is not available afterproduction is discontinued.Overseas serviceOverseas, repairs shall be accepted by Mitsubishi's localoverseas FA Center. Note that the repair conditions at each FACenter may differ.Exclusion of loss in opportunity andsecondary loss from warranty liabilityRegardless of the gratis warranty term, Mitsubishi shall not beliable for compensation to damages caused by any causefound not to be the responsibility of Mitsubishi, loss inopportunity, lost profits incurred to the user by Failures ofMitsubishi products, special damages and secondary damageswhether foreseeable or not, compensation for accidents, andcompensation for damages to products other than Mitsubishiproducts, replacement by the user, maintenance of on-siteequipment, start-up test run and other tasks.Changes in product specificationsThe specifications given in the catalogs, manuals or technicaldocuments are subject to change without prior notice.Product application(1) In using the Mitsubishi graphic operation terminal, theusage conditions shall be that the application will not leadto a major accident even if any problem or fault shouldoccur in the graphic operation terminal device, and thatbackup and fail-safe functions are systematically providedoutside of the device for any problem or fault.(2) The Mitsubishi graphic operation terminal has been designedand manufactured for applications in general industries, etc.Thus, applications in which the public could be affected suchas in nuclear power plants and other power plants operatedby respective power companies, and applications in which aspecial quality assurance system is required, such as forRailway companies or Public service purposes shall beexcluded from the graphic operation terminal applications.In addition, applications in which human life or property thatcould be greatly affected, such as in aircraft, medicalapplications, incineration and fuel devices, mannedtransportation equipment for recreation and amusement,and safety devices, shall also be excluded from the graphicoperation terminal range of applications.However, in certain cases, some applications may bepossible, providing the user consults the local Mitsubishirepresentative outlining the special requirements of theproject, and providing that all parties concerned agree tothe special circumstances, solely at our discretion.In some of these cases, however, Mitsubishi ElectricCorporation may consider the possibility of an application,provided that the customer notifies Mitsubishi ElectricCorporation of the intention, the application is clearlydefined and any special quality is not required.INDEXFor Designers For Initial Startup & For MaintenanceMELSEC Process Specifications,Operations PersonnelGT10 iQ PlatformControl External DimensionsList of ConnectableModels, etc.86 87

Support"Mitsubishi Global FA Centers" are located around the world in Asia, NorthAmerica and Europe to provide optimum services.MEMO Global FA CentersShanghai FA CenterMitsubishi Electric Automation (CHINA) Ltd.No.1386 Hongqiao Road, Mitsubishi ElectricAutomation Center 3F, Shanghai, ChinaTel: +86-21-2322-3030 / Fax: +86-21-2322-3000Beijing FA CenterMitsubishi Electric Automation (CHINA) Ltd. Beijing Office9F, Office Tower 1, Henderson Centre, 18 JianguomenneiAvenue, Dongcheng District, Beijing, ChinaTel: +86-10-6518-8830 / Fax: +86-10-6518-3907Tianjin FA CenterMitsubishi Electric Automation (CHINA) Ltd. Tianjin OfficeUnit 2003-2004B, Tianjin City Tower, No.35,You Yi Road, HeXi District, Tianjin, ChinaTel: +86-22-2813-1015 / Fax: +86-22-2813-1017Guangzhou FA CenterMitsubishi Electric Automation (CHINA) Ltd. Guangzhou OfficeRm. 1609, North Tower, The Hub Center, No.1068,Xin Gang East Road, Haizhu District, Guangzhou, ChinaTel: +86-20-8923-6730 / Fax: +86-20-8923-6715Korean FA CenterMitsubishi Electric Automation Korea Co., Ltd. (Service)B1F, 2F, 1480-6, Gayang-Dong, Gangseo-Gu, Seoul,157-200, KoreaTel: +82-2-3660-9632 / Fax: +82-2-3663-0475Taiwan FA CenterSetsuyo Enterprise Co., Ltd.3F., No.105, Wugong 3rd, Wugu Dist, New Taipei City24889, Taiwan, R.O.C.Tel: +886-2-2299-9917 / Fax: +886-2-2299-9963ASEAN FA CenterMitsubishi Electric Asia Pte. Ltd. ASEAN FactoryAutomation Centre307 Alexandra Road #05-01/02, Mitsubishi Electric Building, SingaporeTel: +65-6470-2480 / Fax: +65-6476-7439India FA CenterMitsubishi Electric India Pvt. Ltd. India Factory Automation Centre2nd Floor, DLF Building No.9B, DLF Cyber City Phase #,Gurgaon 122002, Haryana, IndiaTel: +91-124-4630300 / Fax: +91-124-4630399Thailand FA CenterMitsubishi Electric Automation (Thailand) Co., Ltd.Bang-Chan Industrial Estate No.111, Soi Serithai 54,T.Kannayao, A.Kannayao, Bangkok10230, ThailandTel: +66-2906-3238 / Fax: +66-2906-3239North American FA CenterMitsubishi Electric Automation, Inc.500 Corporate Woods Parkway, Vernon Hills, IL 60061,U.S.A.Tel: +1-847-478-2100 / Fax: +1-847-478-2253Brazil FA CenterMELCO-TEC Representacao Comercial eAssessoria Tecnica Ltda.Av. Paulista, 1439, Cerqueira Cesar, CEP 01311-200,Sao Paulo, BrazilTel: +55-11-3146-2200 / Fax: +55-11-3146-2217European FA CenterMitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. Polish Branchul. Krakowska 50, 32-083 Balice, PolandTel: +48-12-630-4700 / Fax: +48-12-630-4701German FA CenterMitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. German BranchGothaer Strasse 8, D-40880 Ratingen, GermanyTel: +49-2102-486-0 / Fax: +49-2102-486-1120UK FA CenterMitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. UK Branch.Travellers Lane, Hatfield, Hertfordshire, AL10 8XB, U.K.Tel: +44-1707-27-6100 / Fax: +44-1707-27-8695Czech Republic FA CenterMitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. -o.s. Czech OfficeAvenir Business Park, Radicka 714/113a, 158 00Praha5, Czech RepublicTel: +420-251-551-470 / Fax: +420-251-551-471Russian FA CenterMitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. Russian BranchSt. Petersburg OfficeSverdlovskaya emb., bld "Sch", BC "Benua", office 720;195027, St. Petersburg, RussiaTel: +7-812-633-3497 / Fax: +7-812-633-3499Complying with international quality assurance standardsAll of Mitsubishi Electric's FA component products have acquired the international quality assurance "ISO9001" and the environmentmanagement system standard "ISO14001" certification. Mitsubishi's products also comply with various safety standards, including ULstandards.MarkStandards/AgencyCountry/RegionAbbrev.NameCountryCEEN StandardsEuropeABSAmerican Bureau of ShippingUnited StatesULUL StandardsUnited StatesBVBureau VeritasFrancecULCanadian Standards Association (CSA)CanadaDNVDet Norske VeritasNorwayGLGermanischer LloydGermanyLRLloyd's RegisterEnglandNKNippon Kaiji KyokaiJapanFor the details on the approval model within each standards,please contact your local sales office.RINARegistro Italiano NavaleItaly88 89

MEMOMEMOMitsubishi Electric Corporation Nagoya Works and Himeji Works are factories certified for ISO14001 (standards for environmentalmanagement systems) and ISO9001 (standards for quality assurance management systems).EC97J1113EC97J123490 91

Mitsubishi Graphic Operation TerminalThis catalog explains the typical features and functions of the GOT1000 series HMI anddoes not provide restrictions and other information on usage and module combinations.When using the products, always read the user's manuals of the products.Mitsubishi will not be held liable for damage caused by factors found not to be the causeof Mitsubishi; machine damage or lost profits caused by faults in the Mitsubishi products;damage, secondary damage, accident compensation caused by special factorsunpredictable by Mitsubishi; damages to products other than Mitsubishi products; and toother duties.• To use the products given in this catalog properly, always read the related manualsbefore starting to use them.• The products within this catalog have been manufactured as general-purpose partsfor general industries and have not been designed or manufactured to beincorporated into any devices or systems used in purpose related to human life.• Before using any product for special purposes such as nuclear power, electric power,aerospace, medicine or passenger movement vehicles, consult with Mitsubishi.• The products within this catalog have been manufactured under strict quality control.However, when installing the product where major accidents or losses could occur ifthe product fails, install appropriate backup or failsafe functions in the system.Country/Region Sales officeUSAMitsubishi Electric Automation Inc.500 Corporate Woods Parkway, Vernon Hills, IL 60061, U.S.A.BrazilMELCO-TEC Representacao Comercial e Assessoria Tecnica Ltda.Av. Paulista, 1439, Cerqueira Cesar, CEP 01311-200,Sao Paulo, BrazilGermany Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. German BranchGothaer Strasse 8, D-40880 Ratingen, GermanyUKMitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. UK BranchTravellers Lane, Hatfield, Hertfordshire, AL10 8XB, U.K.ItalyMitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. Italian BranchViale Colleoni 7-20041 Agrate Brianza (Milano), ItalySpainMitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. Spanish BranchCtra. de Rubí 76-80-AC.420,E-08190 Sant Cugat del Vallés (Barcelona), SpainFrance Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. French Branch25, Boulevard des Bouvets, F-92741 Nanterre Cedex, FranceCzech Republic Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. -o.s. Czech OfficeAvenir Business Park, Radická 714/113a 158 00 Praha 5, Czech RepublicPolandRussiaSouth AfricaChinaTaiwanKoreaSingaporeThailandIndonesiaIndiaAustraliaMitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. Polish Branchul. Krakowska 50, 32-083 Balice, PolandMitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. Russian Branch Moscow Office52, bld. 3, Kosmodamianskaya nab., RU-115054, Moscow, RussiaCircuit Breaker Industries Ltd.9 Derrick Road, Spartan, Gauteng PO Box 100, Kempton Park 1620, South AfricaMitsubishi Electric Automation (China) Ltd.No.1386 Hongqiao Road, Mitsubishi Electric Automation Center,Shanghai, ChinaSetsuyo Enterprise Co., Ltd.6F., No.105, Wugong 3rd, Wugu Dist, New Taipei City 24889, Taiwan, R.O.C.Mitsubishi Electric Automation Korea Co., Ltd.3F, 1480-6, Gayang-Dong, Gangseo-Gu, Seoul157-200, KoreaMitsubishi Electric Asia Pte, Ltd.307 Alexandra Road #05-01/02,Mitsubishi Electric Building, SingaporeMitsubishi Electric Automation (Thailand) Co., Ltd.Bang-Chan Industrial Estate No.111 Soi Serithai 54,T.Kannayao, A.Kannayao, Bangkok 10230 ThailandP.T. Autoteknindo Sumber MakmurMuara Karang Selatan, Block A / Utara No.1 Kav. No.11,Kawasan Industri Pergudangan, Jakarta- Utara 14440,P.O. Box 5045, IndonesiaMitsubishi Electric India Pvt. Ltd.2nd Floor, DLF Building No.9B, DLF Cyber City Phase III, Gurgaon 122002, Haryana, IndiaMitsubishi Electric Australia Pty. Ltd.348 Victoria Road, P.O. Box 11, Rydalmere, N.S.W. 2116, AustraliaTel/FaxTel: +1-847-478-2100Fax: +1-847-478-2253Tel: +55-11-3146-2200Fax: +55-11-3146-2217Tel: +49-2102-486-0Fax: +49-2102-486-1120Tel: +44-1707-27-6100Fax: +44-1707-27-8695Tel: +39-039-60531Fax: +39-039-6053-312Tel: +34-935-65-3131Fax: +34-935-89-2948Tel: +33-1-5568-5568Fax: +33-1-5568-5757Tel: +420-251-551-470Fax: +420-251-551-471Tel: +48-12-630-47-00Fax: +48-12-630-47-01Tel: +7-495-721-2070Fax: +7-495-721-2071Tel: +27-11-977-0770Fax: +27-11-977-0761Tel: +86-21-2322-3030Fax: +86-21-2322-3000Tel: +886-2-2299-2499Fax: +886-2-2299-2509Tel: +82-2-3660-9530Fax: +82-2-3664-8372Tel: +65-6470-2480Fax: +65-6476-7439Tel: +66-2906-3238Fax: +66-2906-3239Tel: +62-21-663-0833Fax: +62-21-663-0832Tel: +91-124-4630300Fax: +91-124-4630399Tel: +61-2-9684-7777Fax: +61-2-9684-7245HEAD OFFICE: TOKYO BLDG., 2-7-3, MARUNOUCHI, CHIYODA-KU, TOKYO 100-8310, JAPANNAGOYA WORKS: 1-14, YADA-MINAMI 5, HIGASHI-KU, NAGOYA, JAPANL(NA)08054-H 1109(MDOC)New publication, effective Sep. 2011Specifications subject to change without notice.